WO2023026884A1 - Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state image sensor, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator - Google Patents

Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state image sensor, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023026884A1
WO2023026884A1 PCT/JP2022/030858 JP2022030858W WO2023026884A1 WO 2023026884 A1 WO2023026884 A1 WO 2023026884A1 JP 2022030858 W JP2022030858 W JP 2022030858W WO 2023026884 A1 WO2023026884 A1 WO 2023026884A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
polymerization initiator
radical polymerization
curable composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/030858
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雅臣 牧野
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN202280040973.0A priority Critical patent/CN117545783A/en
Priority to KR1020237041597A priority patent/KR20240005842A/en
Publication of WO2023026884A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023026884A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/94[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed containing carbocyclic rings other than six-membered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/10Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D295/112Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/116Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings with the doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached to a carbocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/79Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D307/80Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/92Naphthofurans; Hydrogenated naphthofurans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/22Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 4
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D313/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings of more than six members having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D313/02Seven-membered rings
    • C07D313/06Seven-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D313/08Seven-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/22Radicals substituted by doubly bound hetero atoms, or by two hetero atoms other than halogen singly bound to the same carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D335/06Benzothiopyrans; Hydrogenated benzothiopyrans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D335/08Naphthothiopyrans; Hydrogenated naphthothiopyrans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/044Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/044Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C07D491/052Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring the oxygen-containing ring being six-membered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/12Polymers provided for in subclasses C08C or C08F
    • C08F290/126Polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F4/00Polymerisation catalysts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a curable composition, a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • Optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a curable composition containing a colorant, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
  • a curable composition containing a colorant, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
  • compositions described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 are known.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a polymerizable composition containing a specific ⁇ -aminoketone compound having a carbazole structure.
  • Patent Document 2 describes an active energy ray-curable ink containing a specific ⁇ -aminoketone compound having a specific fluorene structure.
  • the problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a curable composition that generates less outgassing from the obtained cured product. Further, the problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is a method for producing a cured product of the curable composition, or a film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging using the curable composition. It is to provide a device or an image display device. Furthermore, another problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a novel radical polymerization initiator.
  • Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects. ⁇ 1> A curable composition containing a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 1 and a radically polymerizable compound.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13
  • Y 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 2 represents -OR 24 or -NR 25 R 26
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1-3.
  • X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36
  • Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-
  • R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • R 39 each independently represents a substituent
  • m represents an integer of 0-2.
  • X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46
  • Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—
  • R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —
  • each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • p represents 0 or 1
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • ⁇ 5> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, further comprising a colorant.
  • ⁇ 6> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising an oxime compound.
  • ⁇ 7> The molar absorption coefficient of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25 ° C. in an acetonitrile solution is 1,000 L mol -1 cm -1 or more, ⁇ 1 > The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 6>.
  • ⁇ 8> A method for producing a cured product, comprising the step of irradiating the curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7> with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • ⁇ 9> A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>.
  • An optical element comprising the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • An image sensor comprising the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 12> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • An image display device comprising the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 14> A radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 1.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13
  • Y 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 2 represents -OR 24 or -NR 25 R 26
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1-3.
  • X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36
  • Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-
  • R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • R 39 each independently represents a substituent
  • m represents an integer of 0-2.
  • X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46
  • Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—
  • R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —
  • each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • p represents 0 or 1
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • a curable composition that generates less outgassing from the obtained cured product.
  • a method for producing a cured product of the curable composition, or a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging device, or an image display using the curable composition An apparatus is provided.
  • novel radical polymerization initiators are provided.
  • is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent.
  • an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acryl represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) ) acryloyl refers to either or both acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • Me in the structural formulas represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene equivalent values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • a pigment means a coloring agent that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process” includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. . The present disclosure will now be described in detail.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 below and a radically polymerizable compound.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13
  • Y 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 has a cyclic ketone structure and an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom at the ⁇ -position of the cyclic ketone structure, the carbon atom of the carbonyl group in the cyclic ketone structure and The bond with the ⁇ -carbon atom to which the oxygen atom or nitrogen atom is bonded is cleaved to generate a radical.
  • the radicals generated here are linked to the cyclic ketone structure and are less likely to generate volatile components, so the gas (outgas) discharged after curing from the cured product obtained by curing the curable composition is suppressed. I'm assuming it can.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters.
  • optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. That is, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a curable composition for pixel formation of color filters. Pixel types include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the wavelength range is 1,100 nm to 1,300 nm.
  • a filter that satisfies spectral characteristics such that the minimum transmittance is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) is preferred.
  • the infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 1,500 nm.
  • a filter whose value is 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more.
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 nm to 1,500 nm.
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1,000 nm to 1,500 nm. is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,500 nm. is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1,050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and in the wavelength range of 1,200 nm to 1,500 nm
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and more preferably used as a curable composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
  • the solid content concentration of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator, and more preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals upon exposure to light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • the exposure wavelength at which the radical initiator represented by formula 1 generates radicals is preferably 150 nm to 460 nm, more preferably 150 nm to 420 nm, still more preferably 150 nm to 380 nm, and particularly preferably 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • Ar 1 in Formula 1 is preferably an aromatic ring from the viewpoint of suppressing outgassing generated from the obtained cured product (hereinafter also simply referred to as "outgassing suppressing property") and sensitivity, and has a carbazole ring structure.
  • a fluorene ring structure a diaryl sulfide structure, a diaryl ether structure, a dibenzothiophene structure, a diarylmethane structure, a triarylmethane structure, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring structure.
  • an aromatic ring having a diarylsulfide structure is more preferred, and an aromatic ring having a carbazole ring structure or a fluorene ring structure is particularly preferred.
  • the aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring in Ar 1 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, preferably a substituent having 0 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituent having 0 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • substituents examples include halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, amino groups, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, heterocyclic groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, acyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, sulfo groups, alkylaminocarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, morpholino group, alkoxyalkyl group, carboxy group, carboxyalkyl group and the like.
  • substituents may further have a substituent, or the substituents may combine to form a ring structure.
  • the aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring for Ar 1 may form a condensed ring by condensing a ring structure such as an aliphatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, or a heteroaromatic ring.
  • X 1 in Formula 1 is preferably —NR 12 R 13 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • R 11 in —OR 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group, from the viewpoints of outgas suppression and sensitivity. is particularly preferred, most preferably a methyl group.
  • R 12 and R 13 in —NR 12 R 13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, or a methyl group, from the viewpoints of outgas suppression and sensitivity. It is particularly preferred to have The alkyl group and aryl group for R 11 to R 13 may have a substituent.
  • Substituents include the substituents described above.
  • R 12 and R 13 in —NR 12 R 13 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the number of ring members of the above ring is not particularly limited, a 3- to 12-membered ring is preferable, a 3- to 7-membered ring is more preferable, and a 3- to 6-membered ring is particularly preferable.
  • —NR 12 R 13 is aziridine, azetidine, thiomorpholine, dioxothiomorpholine, piperazine (whatever comes to mind as a secondary cyclic amine), pyrrolidyl group, piperidyl, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and sensitivity.
  • —NR 12 R 13 is preferably a dialkylamino group, a pyrrolidyl group, a piperidyl group or a morpholino group, more preferably a dimethylamino group or a morpholino group, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity. preferable.
  • the ring containing Y 1 in Formula 1 as a ring member is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, from the viewpoints of outgas suppression, sensitivity, and solubility.
  • a 5- or 6-membered ring is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity
  • a 7-membered ring is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of solubility.
  • Y 1 in Formula 1 is an alkylene group, a group formed by bonding an alkylene group and an ether bond, or a group formed by bonding an alkylene group and a thioether bond, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression property and sensitivity.
  • Y 1 has an ether bond or a thioether bond
  • -O- or -S- in Y 1 is preferably directly bonded to Ar 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • R a in Formula 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression properties and sensitivity, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, or p - is particularly preferred to be a methylbenzyl group.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 preferably has an arylcarbonyl group or a heteroarylcarbonyl group, and particularly preferably has a benzoyl group.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 preferably has a nitro group, and more preferably has a nitro group on the aromatic ring.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 preferably has a halogen atom, more preferably a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, from the viewpoint of adhesion, and on the aromatic ring It is particularly preferred to have a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 suppresses the loss in the plane direction at the bottom and edge of the exposed portion (hereinafter also simply referred to as "undercut suppressing property".) From the viewpoint, sulfur atom and more preferably a sulfur atom directly attached to the aromatic ring. Preferred embodiments of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 also apply to Formulas 2, 3A, 3B, and 4, which will be described later.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is preferably a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 2 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 2 represents —OR 24 or —NR 25 R 26
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1-3.
  • Ar 2 in formula 2 has the same definition as Ar 1 in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • X 2 , —OR 24 and —NR 25 R 26 in Formula 2 have the same meanings as X 1 , —OR 11 and —NR 12 R 13 in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 21 in formula 2 has the same definition as R a in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 2 in Formula 2 is preferably a single bond, —O— or —S—, more preferably —O— or —S—, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • R 22 and R 23 in Formula 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and sensitivity, A hydrogen atom is particularly preferred.
  • n in Formula 2 is preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is more preferably a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 3A or 3B from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity, and is represented by the following formula 3A. It is more preferable that the radical polymerization initiator is used.
  • X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36
  • Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-
  • R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • R 39 each independently represents a substituent
  • m represents an integer of 0-2.
  • X 3 , —OR 34 and —NR 35 R 36 in Formula 3 have the same meanings as X 1 , —OR 11 and —NR 12 R 13 in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 31 in formula 3 has the same definition as R a in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 3 , R 32 , R 33 and n in Formula 3 have the same meanings as Y 2 , R 22 , R 23 and n in Formula 2, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • m in Formula 3A or Formula 3B is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
  • Substituents for R 39 in Formula 3A or Formula 3B include the substituents described above. Among them, R 39 is preferably a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, or an aryl group from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is particularly preferably a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 4 below from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46
  • Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—
  • R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —
  • each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • p represents 0 or 1
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • X 4 , —OR 44 and —NR 45 R 46 in Formula 4 have the same meanings as X 1 , —OR 11 and —NR 12 R 13 in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 41 in formula 4 has the same definition as R a in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y 4 , R 42 , R 43 and n in Formula 4 have the same meanings as Y 2 , R 22 , R 23 and n in Formula 2, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L 1 in Formula 4 is preferably a single bond, -S- or -NR 49 -, more preferably -S- or -NR 49 -, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity, -NR 49 - is particularly preferred.
  • R 47 to R 49 in Formula 4 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethyl group from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and sensitivity. It is particularly preferred to have
  • the alkyl group and aryl group in R 47 to R 49 may have a substituent. Substituents include the substituents described above.
  • L 2 in Formula 4 is preferably a single bond or —CR 47 R 48 —, more preferably a single bond, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • one binding position of L 2 in formula 4 is the ortho position of the binding position of Y 4 , that is, the position between Y 4 and L 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity. preferable.
  • the two bonding positions of L 2 in formula 4 are preferably ortho-positions of the bonding position of L 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • p in Formula 4 is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
  • Z 1 in Formula 4 is preferably a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, or a benzoyl group from the viewpoint of outgas suppression, sensitivity, and adhesion, and is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a nitro group, or a benzoyl A group is more preferable, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a nitro group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion, and a benzoyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • Z 2 in Formula 4 is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above preferably has absorption at a wavelength of 194 nm, which is the ArF absorption region, at a wavelength of 248 nm, which is the KrF absorption region, or at a wavelength of 365 nm, which is the i-line absorption region.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 at a wavelength of 194 nm, 248 nm or 365 nm is preferably 10 L mol -1 cm -1 or more, and 100 L mol -1 from the viewpoint of sensitivity. ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more is more preferable, and 1,000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more is particularly preferable.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 has a molar absorption coefficient for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25 ° C. in an acetonitrile solution, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion, 1,000 L mol -1 . cm ⁇ 1 or more is preferable, 2,000 or more is more preferable, and 3,000 or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit is not limited, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or less. By setting the upper limit of the molar extinction coefficient to 10,000 or less, the transmittance of the exposure light source is improved, and the adhesion is improved.
  • radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above preferably include A-1 to A-112, but needless to say, the initiator is not limited to these.
  • Numerical values in parentheses below represent molar extinction coefficients (L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 ) for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25° C. in an acetonitrile solution.
  • radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 A-6 (23,000), A-15 (21,200), A-22 (28,500), A-32 (32,000 ), A-46 (31,100), A-49 (35,500), A-64 (33,000), A-68 (19,800), A-92 (3,400), A-103 At least one radical polymerization initiator selected from the group consisting of (2,800) and A-109 (8,000) is preferred.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one type of radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the following range.
  • the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and simplicity. More preferably 0.05% to 20% by mass, even more preferably 0.1% to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% to 8% by mass.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above preferably has no absorption at a wavelength of 450 nm or more, and more preferably has no absorption at a wavelength of 420 nm or more. That is, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is preferably white to pale yellow. The above colors are preferable because they have little effect on the spectrum of the color filter.
  • the structure having absorption at the above wavelengths is preferably a carbazole structure, a diphenyl sulfide structure, a biphenyl structure, or a fluorene structure.
  • the method for producing the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is not particularly limited, and it may be produced by a known method, or may be produced by referring to a known method.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, it can be synthesized in the same manner as a known linear ⁇ -aminoketone compound. It can be synthesized by the described method.
  • the ⁇ -position of the cyclic ketone compound linked to the aromatic group was anionized with sodium methoxide (base), reacted with an alkyl halide (R a -X), monoalkylated, and then halogenated (brominated) at the ⁇ -position.
  • a method of reacting a compound with a secondary amine compound (HNR 12 R 13 ) in the presence of sodium methoxide (base) is also suitable. Furthermore, after monohalogenating (brominating) the ⁇ -position of the cyclic ketone compound, it is reacted with a secondary amine compound (HNR 12 R 13 ), and finally an alkyl halide (R a - A method of alkylating by reacting with X) is also suitable.
  • radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 1 is an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound
  • a suitable method is to replace the reaction with the secondary amine compound with potassium hydroxide.
  • a method for synthesizing a ketone compound serving as a precursor for example, a method for synthesizing a cyclic ketone linked to an aromatic group is disclosed in JP-A-2011-33793, JP-A-2011-209655, JP-A-2011-227295. No. 2012/169812, International Publication No. 2021/023144, and the like.
  • Examples of the secondary amine compound to be subjected to the reaction include dimethylamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, dibutylamine, dimethanolamine, diethanolamine, biperidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, N-methylpiperazine, N-ethylpiperazine, and N-isopropyl.
  • Aliphatic secondary amine compounds such as piperazine, pyrrolidine, dihexylamine, dioctylamine, didecylamine, ethylmethylamine, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, norbornanedimethylamine, 1,3-bis(4-piperidyl)propane
  • Alicyclic secondary amine compounds aromatic secondary amine compounds such as benzylmethylamine, diphenylamine and dibenzylamine can be used. Among them, dimethylamine or morpholine is particularly preferred.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain radical polymerization initiators other than the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above.
  • Other radical polymerization initiators include oxime compounds, ⁇ -aminoacetophenone compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds and the like. Among them, oxime compounds are preferred.
  • oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, J. Am. C. S. compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, International Publication No.
  • oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime) and the like.
  • Photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052 manufactured by ADEKA.
  • the oxime compound it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and resistance to discoloration.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the oxime compound.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. mentioned.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the oxime compound.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the oxime compound.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
  • An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the oxime compound.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar 2 OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) can be used.
  • the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group.
  • a benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclic oxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group.
  • a sulfanyl group or an amino group is more preferred.
  • oxime compound OX examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
  • the compounds shown below can be particularly preferably exemplified.
  • the mass ratio when used in combination with other radical polymerization initiators is not particularly limited. is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the radically polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • resin-type radically polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having radically polymerizable groups.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type radically polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-029760, paragraph numbers 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970, and JP-A-2013-253224.
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available).
  • KAYARAD D-320 is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (As a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and / or Examples thereof include compounds having a structure linked via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer).
  • diglycerin EO ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate
  • pentaerythritol tetraacrylate Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Aronix TO-2349 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as (meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the description of paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • Compounds having a caprolactone structure include, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an ethyleneoxy group.
  • Tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compounds having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups are preferred, and more preferred.
  • Examples of commercially available products include SR494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and a trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TPA-330 and the like.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmental regulation substances such as toluene.
  • environmental regulation substances such as toluene.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
  • the content of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • only one type of radically polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a colorant.
  • Colorants include chromatic colorants and black colorants.
  • chromatic coloring agents include coloring agents having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Examples include green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, orange colorants, and the like.
  • the other coloring agent is preferably a chromatic coloring agent, preferably at least one selected from a yellow coloring agent and a green coloring agent, and more preferably a yellow coloring agent.
  • the coloring agent may be a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, still more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle size in this specification is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • green colorants examples include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred.
  • the green colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. I. Green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65 and 66 are included.
  • a green colorant a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average number of halogen atoms of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 per molecule. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
  • the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027 the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in WO 2012/102395, described in JP 2019-008014.
  • the phthalocyanine compound, the phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2020-070426, JP-A-2020-076995 Core-shell type dyes described in, diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758, and the like can also be used.
  • the green coloring agent is C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62 and 63 are preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58 and 59 are more preferred.
  • red colorants examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo It is preferably a compound, more preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Also, the red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of red colorants include C.I. I.
  • a red colorant a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No.
  • 10-2019-0140741 anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, JP 2020 -Perylene compounds described in JP-A-079396, perylene compounds described in JP-A-2020-083982, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2018-035345, paragraph numbers 0025 to 0041 of JP-A-2020-066702
  • the described diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and the like can also be used.
  • red colorant a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used.
  • Lumogen F Orange 240 manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment
  • red colorant can also be used as a red colorant.
  • the red coloring agent is C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272 and 291 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, 272 are more preferred.
  • yellow colorants examples include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds and perylene compounds.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a pteridine pigment, a quinophthalone pigment or a perylene pigment, more preferably an azo pigment or an azomethine pigment.
  • Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. I.
  • a nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used as a yellow colorant.
  • X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP1) include compounds described in paragraph number 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711 .
  • Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom.
  • n and m are integers from 0 to 6; p is an integer from 0 to 5; (n+m) is 1 or more.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP2) include compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
  • the yellow coloring agent is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 117, 129, 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. of orange pigments.
  • C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 are included.
  • C.I. I. pigment blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. be done.
  • An aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue colorant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used.
  • a pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic colorant.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the particulate dye multimer can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682.
  • a dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • a plurality of dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
  • the chromatic colorants include diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, and JP-A-2020-117638.
  • Xanthene compounds described phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/174991, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-160279 or salts thereof,
  • Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 described Compound represented by Formula 1, compound represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 Compounds, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • the chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-like structure, or may be used in both structures.
  • Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination.
  • black may be formed by a combination of two or more chromatic colorants.
  • the black colorant is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used.
  • inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, etc.
  • Carbon black or titanium black is preferred, and titanium black is more preferred.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, preferably low order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing cohesion, and the like.
  • Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of individual particles. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, in which the content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50, may be mentioned. Regarding the dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP-A-2012-169556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • titanium black examples include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D ( Trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred.
  • the bisbenzofuranone compound JP-A-2010-534726, JP-A-2012-515233, JP-A-2012-515234, International Publication No. 2014/208348, JP-A-2015-525260, etc.
  • perylene compounds for example, available as "Irgaphor Black” manufactured by BASF.
  • a perylene compound C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like.
  • the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601, JP-A-02-034664, and the like.
  • perylene black Liogen Black FK4280, etc.
  • paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821 may be used as the organic black colorant.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one type of colorant alone or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the following range.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can use a resin as the radically polymerizable compound. It is preferable to use a radically polymerizable compound containing at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment or the like in the curable composition or for a binder.
  • a resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a curable composition is also called a dispersant.
  • such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
  • a resin having a radically polymerizable group also corresponds to a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, Polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, and the like.
  • norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (for example, ARTON F4520). Further, as the resin, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No.
  • a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used.
  • the description of US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
  • the resin the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A-2020-186373, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP-A-2020-186325, and the Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339.
  • a resin represented by the formula 1 can also be used.
  • a resin having an acid group As the resin.
  • acid groups include carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfo groups, and phenolic hydroxy groups. Only one kind of these acid groups may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used.
  • a resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as an "ether dimer"). It is also preferred to include
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
  • polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups and cyclic ether groups.
  • repeating unit Ep at least one type of repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2).
  • a resin hereinafter also referred to as resin Ep
  • the resin Ep may contain only one of the repeating units represented by the formula (Ep-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2). -1) and the repeating unit represented by formula (Ep-2) may be included.
  • the ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-1) to the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2) is the molar ratio represented by the formula (Ep-1).
  • Repeating unit: repeating unit represented by formula (Ep-2) preferably 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, 20:80 to 80 :20 is more preferred.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the substituent represented by R 1 includes an alkyl group and an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 1 includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S- and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. A hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the content of the repeating unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol % to 100 mol % of all repeating units in the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 mol % or more, more preferably 3 mol % or more.
  • the resin Ep may have other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit Ep.
  • Other repeating units include a repeating unit having an acid group, a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the like.
  • the acid group includes a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group, preferably a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxy group, more preferably a carboxy group.
  • ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the resin Ep is preferably 5 mol% to 85 mol% of all repeating units in the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is preferably 60 mol % or less, more preferably 40 mol % or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 8 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the resin Ep is 1 mol% to 65 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin Ep. is preferred.
  • the upper limit is preferably 45 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 mol % or more, more preferably 3 mol % or more.
  • the resin Ep preferably further contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. An alkyl group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is 1 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin having a cyclic ether group. ⁇ 65 mol% is preferred.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45 mol % or less, even more preferably 30 mol % or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol % or more, still more preferably 3 mol % or more.
  • Repeating units having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include repeating units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0-15.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3. preferable.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • resin Ac a resin having an aromatic carboxy group
  • the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxy group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • Examples of the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like.
  • Examples of aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). and the like.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
  • L 1 represents -COO- or CONH-, preferably -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these A group obtained by combining two or more of The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group; Examples include a group obtained by combining at least one selected from -NH- and S-, and an alkylene group is preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or CONH-, preferably -COO-.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and 2 of these Groups in which more than one species are combined are included.
  • Hydrocarbon groups include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, and a hydrocarbon group or a group of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— is preferred.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
  • P 10 in formula (Ac-2) represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P10 is preferably 500-20,000. More preferably, the lower limit is 1,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P10 may contain a polymerizable group.
  • Polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol % or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol %.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • a basic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
  • the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin.
  • graft resin for details of the graft resin, reference can be made to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of its main chain and side chains.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and at least one of the main chain and the side chain has a basic nitrogen atom.
  • a resin having The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core.
  • resins include, for example, dendrimers (including star polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in its side chain.
  • the content of repeating units having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more of the total repeating units of the resin, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and 20 mol%. More preferably ⁇ 70 mol%.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain, and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an oxetane group in a side chain.
  • the resin containing an oxetane group in its side chain is preferably a graft polymer.
  • the resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain those described in Examples to be described later can be suitably used.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an oxetane group in the side chain in the resin is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, in the total repeating units of the resin, and 20 mol. % to 70 mol % is more preferred.
  • resins described in JP-A-2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, a block copolymer described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066688, a dispersant described in WO 2016/104803, and the like can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. Ajisper series, and the like.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. Ajisper series, and the like.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. preferable.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one resin, or may contain two or more resins. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent.
  • An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent.
  • the type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition.
  • Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). .
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the curable composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and 30% by mass to 90% by mass. More preferred.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances from the viewpoint of environmental regulations.
  • substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the curable composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and that it is 30 mass ppm or less. It is preferably 10 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1 mass ppm or less, particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • Environmental control substances include, for example, benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • distillation methods are the stage of raw materials, the stage of reacting raw materials (for example, resin solution or polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the curable composition prepared by mixing these compounds. Any stage, such as stages, is possible.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative.
  • Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersing aids.
  • Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
  • Dye skeletons constituting pigment derivatives include quinoline dye skeletons, benzimidazolone dye skeletons, benzoisoindole dye skeletons, benzothiazole dye skeletons, iminium dye skeletons, squarylium dye skeletons, croconium dye skeletons, oxonol dye skeletons, and pyrrolopyrrole dye skeletons.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton azo dye skeleton, azomethine dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, anthraquinone dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, thioindigo dye skeleton, Isoindoline dye skeletons, isoindolinone dye skeletons, quinophthalone dye skeletons, iminium dye skeletons, dithiol dye skeletons, triarylmethane dye skeletons, pyrromethene dye skeletons, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like.
  • the carboxylic acid amide group a group represented by —NHCOR X1 is preferable.
  • sulfonic acid amide group a group represented by —NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable.
  • the imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , —CONHSO 2 R X4 , —CONHCOR X5 or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , more preferably —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 .
  • R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R X1 to R X6 may have substituents.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used as the pigment derivative.
  • the maximum molar extinction coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ It is more preferably 1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more.
  • pigment derivatives include compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, compounds described in JP-A-01-217077, JP-A-03- 009961, compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, compounds described in JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669 Compounds described in publications, compounds described in JP-A-06-145546, compounds described in JP-A-06-212088, compounds described in JP-A-06-240158, JP-A-10-030063 Compounds described, compounds described in JP-A-10-195326, compounds described in paragraphs 0086 to 0098 of WO 2011/024896, WO 2012/102399 described in paragraphs 0063 to 0094 Compounds, compounds described in paragraph number 0082 of WO 2017/038252, compounds described in paragraph number 0171 of JP 2015-151530, JP 2011-25
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 45% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • Preferably, 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
  • Curable compositions according to the present disclosure may also contain polyalkyleneimines.
  • Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids for pigments.
  • a dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment in the curable composition.
  • a polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine and has at least a secondary amino group.
  • the polyalkyleneimine may contain primary amino groups or tertiary amino groups in addition to secondary amino groups.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
  • the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
  • alkyleneimine examples include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine, etc., preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. It is particularly preferred that the polyalkyleneimine is polyethyleneimine. In addition, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, of the primary amino group with respect to the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , more preferably 30 mol % or more.
  • Commercial products of polyethyleneimine include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, P-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one kind of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator.
  • Curing accelerators include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds and the like.
  • the curing accelerator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0094 to 0097 of WO 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP 2015-034963, JP 2013-041165 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0186 to 0251 of the publication, ionic compounds described in JP 2014-055114, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0071 to 0080 of JP 2012-150180, JP 2011-253054 Alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2005-200157, compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and carboxy group-containing epoxy curing agents described in JP-A-2017-036379.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass. preferable.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent.
  • the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by including an infrared absorbing agent in the curable composition is set to a longer wavelength. can be shifted to the side.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 nm or more and 1800 nm or less.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared absorbent is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • infrared absorbers examples include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, and azomethine. compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like.
  • pyrrolopyrrole compound compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037-0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, WO 2015/166873 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 and the like.
  • examples of the squarylium compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of WO 2016/181987.
  • Examples of croconium compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029.
  • As the iminium compound for example, compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, International Publication No. 2018/043564 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of.
  • Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0029 of JP-A-2013-195480. compounds, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071486, and phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153. Dithiolene metal complexes include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
  • metal oxides include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide.
  • metal borides include lanthanum boride.
  • Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon New Metal Co., Ltd.).
  • a metal boride the compound as described in international publication 2017/119394 can also be used.
  • commercially available products of indium tin oxide include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
  • the infrared absorbing agent the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, the squarylium compound described in WO 2016/154782, and the patent No. 5884953. No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraphs 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No.
  • the content of the infrared absorbing agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one infrared absorber, or may contain two or more infrared absorbers. When two or more kinds of infrared absorbing agents are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, and triazine compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP-A-2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052-0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraph numbers 0317-0317 of JP-A-2013-068814.
  • UV absorbers examples include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. .
  • UV-503 manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF
  • benzotriazole compound the MYUA series made from Miyoshi oil and fats (Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016) is mentioned.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No.
  • a thioaryl group-substituted benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber described in can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.).
  • p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one kind of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and capable of forming a siloxane bond by at least one of hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction.
  • Hydrolyzable groups include, for example, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, acyloxy groups and the like, with alkoxy groups being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group and isocyanate group. , phenyl group, etc., and amino group, (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred.
  • silane coupling agent examples include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM
  • silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A-2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056-0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass. is more preferred. Only one kind of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • surfactants reference can be made to surfactants described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the curable composition.
  • JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143 and F-144.
  • the fluorosurfactant has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied is also suitable.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include MegaFac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Mega Fac DS-21.
  • fluorosurfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant.
  • fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a block polymer can also be used for the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present disclosure.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.
  • % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%.
  • a fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K.
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • a represents 1 or 2
  • X a + is a valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH4 + .
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fuji
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and the like.
  • a compound with the following structure can also be used as a silicone-based surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and is preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. more preferred. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant.
  • Antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. Any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used as the phenolic compound. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position) is preferred. A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable as the above substituent.
  • the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule.
  • Phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be suitably used as antioxidants.
  • a phosphorus antioxidant tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6 -yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl ) oxy]ethyl]amine, ethyl bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, and the like.
  • antioxidants examples include Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like.
  • antioxidants are compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in WO 2017/006600, compounds described in WO 2017/164024, Compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure optionally contains sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, A retardant, a leveling agent, a release accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.) may be contained.
  • sensitizers e.g., curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents
  • auxiliary agents e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, A retardant, a leveling agent, a release accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may also contain latent antioxidants, if desired.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected with a protective group, and is heated at 100°C to 250°C, or at 80°C to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing a protecting group by heating is included.
  • Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain metal oxides to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm.
  • Metal oxides may have a core-shell structure. Moreover, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver.
  • a light resistance improver compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0029-0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, JP-A-2017-129774 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037, 0049 to 0052 of JP 2017-129674 JP 2017-129674 paragraph numbers 0031 to 0034, 0058 to 0059 compounds described in JP 2017-122803 paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 , compounds described in 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0039 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0047 of JP 2017-186546, JP 2015-025116 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A-2012-145604, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101-0125 of JP-A-2012-103475
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalate.
  • substantially free means that the content of terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, in the total amount of the curable composition. , is particularly preferably zero.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts may be regulated.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • the content of perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group
  • the content of perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid is 0.01 ppb to the total solid content of the curable composition It is preferably in the range of 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof may be selected.
  • Examples of compounds that can substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl groups.
  • Curable compositions according to the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids and salts thereof and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and salts thereof within the maximum permissible range.
  • the water content of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% to 1.5% by mass, and 0.1% to 1.0% by mass. A range is more preferred.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (such as flatness) and adjusting the film thickness.
  • the viscosity value can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s at 25°C.
  • a method for measuring the viscosity for example, a cone-plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25°C.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably has a chloride ion content of 10,000 ppm or less, preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoint of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of device contamination, and the like. is more preferable.
  • a chloride ion content 10,000 ppm or less, preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoint of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of device contamination, and the like. is more preferable.
  • a known method can be used as a method for measuring chloride ions, and examples thereof include ion chromatography and combustion ion chromatography.
  • the storage container for the curable composition is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used.
  • a storage container a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resin are used for the purpose of suppressing the contamination of raw materials and curable compositions. It is also preferred to use bottles. Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the curable composition, and suppressing deterioration of components.
  • a curable composition according to the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned ingredients.
  • all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the curable composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately mixed into two or more solutions or dispersions.
  • a curable composition may be prepared by mixing these liquids at the time of use (at the time of coating).
  • a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the curable composition.
  • mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
  • 2015-157893 can be preferably used.
  • the particles may be made finer in the salt milling process.
  • Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629.
  • Beads used for dispersion can be zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or combinations thereof.
  • an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can be used.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10000 ppm of the beads.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
  • polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high-density, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyolefin resin) and other materials.
  • PP polypropylene
  • nylon including high density polypropylene
  • nylon including high density polypropylene
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, even more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the pore size value of the filter reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value.
  • Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
  • fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers.
  • Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
  • filters When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed. In addition, the filter can be appropriately selected according to the hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity of the composition.
  • the cured product according to the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
  • the film according to the present disclosure is a film obtained from the curable composition according to the present disclosure, and is preferably a film obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
  • Films according to the present disclosure can be used in optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels. Green pixels and blue pixels are preferred, and green pixels are more preferred.
  • the film thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the method for producing a cured product according to the present disclosure and the method for producing a film according to the present disclosure are not particularly limited, but include a step of irradiating the curable composition according to the present disclosure with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 380 nm. is preferable, and it is more preferable to include a step of irradiating light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • Light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 380 nm includes i-rays (wavelength: 365 nm), KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), and the like.
  • the shape of the cured product to be obtained is not particularly limited, but it is preferably in the form of a film.
  • the film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a step of applying the curable composition according to the present disclosure to a support.
  • the film manufacturing method further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixels).
  • a method for forming the pattern (pixels) includes a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography includes the steps of forming a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, patternwise exposing the curable composition layer, and curable and a step of developing and removing unexposed portions of the composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the curable composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is used to form a curable composition layer on the support.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. Examples thereof include glass substrates and silicon substrates, and silicon substrates are preferred. Also, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • the silicon substrate is formed with a black matrix that isolates each pixel.
  • the silicon substrate may be provided with an underlying layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the substrate surface.
  • the underlayer is formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the curable composition described herein, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described herein. good too.
  • the surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30° to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used as a method for applying the curable composition.
  • dropping method drop cast
  • slit coating method spray method
  • roll coating method spin coating
  • methods described in publications inkjet
  • ejection system printing ejection system printing
  • nozzle jet flexographic printing
  • screen printing gravure printing
  • reverse offset printing metal mask printing
  • nanoimprint method ejection system printing
  • a transfer method using a mold or the like ejection system printing
  • the application method for inkjet is not particularly limited.
  • the curable composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked). Pre-baking may not be performed when the film is manufactured by a low-temperature process.
  • the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower, more preferably 120° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50° C. or higher, and can also be 80° C. or higher.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the curable composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the curable composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred.
  • a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • the light when exposing, the light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or may be irradiated and exposed in pulses (pulse exposure).
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and rest in short-time (for example, millisecond level or less) cycles.
  • the dose is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be selected as appropriate.
  • the exposure may be performed under an oxygen-free atmosphere, or under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (eg, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). can be done.
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the illuminance may be 10000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and 20000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
  • the unexposed portions of the curable composition layer are removed by development to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the development and removal of the unexposed portion of the curable composition layer can be performed using a developer.
  • the curable composition layer in the unexposed area in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured area.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 20° C. to 30° C., for example.
  • the development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer includes an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used.
  • an alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide
  • benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide
  • choline pyrrole
  • piperidine 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • examples include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant. From the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience, the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 times to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinse liquid to the curable composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the curable composition layer after development is formed.
  • the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support.
  • the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), or a high-frequency heater so that the developed film satisfies the above conditions.
  • the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for exposure preferably has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Also, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by a dry etching method forms a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, and the entire curable composition layer is cured to form a cured product layer.
  • a step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured product layer a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing it to form a resist pattern; and a cured product layer using the resist pattern as a mask. and dry etching using an etching gas.
  • a mode in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed is desirable.
  • pattern formation by a dry etching method descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A-2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • optical element An optical element according to the present disclosure has a film according to the present disclosure.
  • Optical elements include optical filters, lenses, prisms, reflectors, diffraction gratings, and the like. Among them, an optical filter is preferable. Types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred.
  • a color filter preferably has a film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
  • the film thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
  • Each pixel included in the optical filter preferably has high flatness.
  • the pixel surface roughness Ra is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of a pixel can be measured using, for example, AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is high.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 ⁇ cm or more, more preferably 10 11 ⁇ cm or more.
  • the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure.
  • the protective layer By providing the protective layer, it is possible to impart various functions such as blocking oxygen, reducing reflection, making the film hydrophilic and hydrophobic, and blocking light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.).
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method of forming the protective layer include a method of applying a protective layer-forming composition, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of adhering a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • Components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, and polyimides.
  • the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • the protective layer may optionally contain organic/inorganic particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index modifiers, antioxidants, adhesion agents, additives such as surfactants. may contain.
  • organic/inorganic particles include polymeric particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and the like.
  • a known absorber can be used as the absorber for light of a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer the protective layers described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • An image sensor according to the present disclosure has a membrane according to the present disclosure.
  • Image sensors include solid-state imaging devices, X-ray imaging devices, organic thin-film imaging devices, and the like. Among them, it can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device.
  • a solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure includes a film according to the present disclosure. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device.
  • Transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like, and a plurality of photodiodes forming a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) on a substrate.
  • a light-shielding film is provided on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so that only the light-receiving portion of the photodiode is opened. It has a device protective film with a thickness of 1.5 mm, and has a color filter on the device protective film.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each color pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each color pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179577, and International Publication No. 2018/043654.
  • an ultraviolet absorption layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging device to improve light resistance.
  • An imaging device equipped with a solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices (mobile phones, etc.) having an imaging function, but also for vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • An image display device includes a film according to the present disclosure.
  • image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.
  • electroluminescence display devices For a definition of an image display device and details of each image display device, see, for example, “Electronic Display Device (by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, 1990)", “Display Device (by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho ( Co., Ltd.) issued in 1989).
  • Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)".
  • the present disclosure can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above “next generation liquid crystal display technology”.
  • the radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 below.
  • the radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator, and more preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals by light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13
  • Y 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • a preferred embodiment of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 in the radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 described above in the curable composition.
  • Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring
  • X 2 represents —OR 24 or —NR 25 R 26
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1-3.
  • Preferred aspects of the compound represented by Formula 2 in the compound according to the present disclosure are the same as preferred aspects of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 2 described above in the curable composition.
  • the compound represented by Formula 2 above is preferably a compound represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B below.
  • X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36
  • Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-
  • R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • R 39 each independently represents a substituent
  • m represents an integer of 0-2.
  • Preferred aspects of the compound represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B in the compound according to the present disclosure are respectively the same as preferred aspects of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B described above in the curable composition.
  • the compound represented by Formula 2 above is particularly preferably a compound represented by Formula 4 below.
  • X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46
  • Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—
  • R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —
  • each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • p represents 0 or 1
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • Preferred aspects of the compound represented by formula 4 in the compound according to the present disclosure are the same as preferred aspects of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 4 described above in the curable composition.
  • Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-46> 2-methyl- ⁇ -tetralone was changed to N-ethyl-9-(2-methylbenzoyl)-1,6-dihydrocyclopenta[c]carbazol-3(2H)-one, and methyl iodide was Photoradical polymerization initiator A-46 was synthesized in the same manner except that ethyl iodide was used.
  • ⁇ Synthesis Example 8 Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-64>
  • 2-methyl- ⁇ -tetralone was converted to N-ethyl-11-(2-methylbenzoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator A-64 was synthesized in the same manner, except that methyl iodide was changed to ethyl iodide.
  • Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-68> N-ethyl-11-(2-methylbenzoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one was converted to N-ethyl-11-nitro- Photoradical polymerization initiator A-68 was synthesized in the same manner except that 3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one was used.
  • Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-92> N-ethyl-11-(2-methylbenzoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one was converted to 7-(4-(2- A radical photopolymerization initiator A-92 was synthesized in the same manner except that methylbenzoyl)phenyl)-3,4-dihydrobenzo[b]oxepin-5(2H)-one was used.
  • Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
  • PY129 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY185 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY215 C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 [pretedin compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PB16 C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 [metal-free phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment (B pigment)]
  • Pigment Blue 15:6 [copper phthalocyanine complex, blue pigment (B pigment)]
  • IR dye a compound having the following structure (near-infrared absorbing pigment, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group and Ph represents a phenyl group.)
  • TiBk Titanium black [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
  • Zr oxynitride zirconium oxynitride [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
  • P-1 30 mass % propylene glycol monomethyl ether acrylate (PGMEA) solution of resin having the following structure.
  • the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 20,000.
  • P-2 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure.
  • the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • P-3 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure.
  • the numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 21,000.
  • P-4 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure.
  • the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 9,000.
  • P-5 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure.
  • the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 10,000.
  • Surfactant 1 1% by mass PGMEA solution of KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • a-2 resin with the following structure (numerical values attached to the main chain are molar ratios; weight average molecular weight: 15,000)
  • D-1 KAYARAD DPHA (hexafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • D-2 NK ester A-DPH-12E (ethylene oxide (EO)-modified hexafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • D-3 NK ester A-TMMT (tetrafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • D-4 Aronix M-510 (3- to 4-functional acrylate compound, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
  • D-5 Light acrylate DCP-A (bifunctional alicyclic acrylate compound, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • outgassing was collected for 1 hour in a vacuum clean oven at 100° C., and the amount of outgassing was calculated from the peak obtained from a gas chromatography mass spectrometer (GC/MS).
  • GC/MS gas chromatography mass spectrometer
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • ⁇ Adhesion>> Each photosensitive composition was applied onto a silicon wafer using a spin coater, and then heated (pre-baked) at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 ⁇ m. rice field. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000iS+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at an exposure dose of 400 mJ/cm 2 through a mask engraved with a checkered pattern of 0.8 ⁇ m. . Next, using a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), puddle development is performed at 23° C.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • a pattern was formed in the same procedure as the evaluation of adhesion.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed by SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope, magnification: 20,000 times), 5 patterns were extracted from the SEM photograph, and the average inclination of the cross-section of the 5 patterns was obtained.
  • the pattern cross-sectional shape 1 was evaluated on the basis of.
  • the inclination of the cross section of the pattern is the inclination in the thickness direction of the pattern on the silicon wafer at the portion where the pattern is formed. Specifically, the angle of the portion formed by the surface of the silicon wafer and the side of the pattern in the thickness direction was measured.
  • solubility As an index of storage stability of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 under low temperature conditions, solubility was evaluated by the following method. 100 g of each curable composition obtained above was placed in a sealed plastic container, stored at 0° C. for 3 months, returned to room temperature (25° C.), and the weight of the precipitate was confirmed. The curable composition after storage was filtered using filter paper (ADVANTEC No. 4A, manufactured by Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd.), and the weight of precipitates remaining on the filtered filter paper was weighed. -Evaluation criteria- A: No precipitate was observed (the amount of precipitate was 0 g). B: Precipitates were more than 0 g and less than 0.1 g. C: Precipitates were 0.1 g or more and less than 0.5 g. D: Precipitates were 0.5 g or more and less than 1.0 g. E: Precipitate was 1.0 g or more.
  • the curable compositions of Examples generated less outgassing from the cured products obtained than the curable compositions of Comparative Examples.
  • the curable compositions of Examples are also excellent in sensitivity, adhesion, undercut suppression, and solubility.
  • the curable composition of each example can obtain the same effect even if it is irradiated with KrF rays instead of i rays.
  • Conditions for KrF ray irradiation include, for example, exposure light: KrF ray (wavelength: 248 nm), exposure amount: 10 mJ/cm 2 to 500 mJ/cm 2 , maximum instantaneous illuminance: 250,000,000 W/m 2 (average illuminance: 30 ,000 W/m 2 ), pulse width: 30 ns, frequency: 4 kHz.

Abstract

To provide a curable composition that generates little outgas from an obtained cured product. The curable composition includes a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 1 and a radical polymerizable compound. In formula 1, Ar1 represents an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, X1 represents -OR11 or -NR12R13, Y1 represents a divalent linking group, Ra represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R11-R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

Description

硬化性組成物、硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び、ラジカル重合開始剤Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
 本開示は、硬化性組成物、硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び、ラジカル重合開始剤に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a curable composition, a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a radical polymerization initiator.
 カラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタは、着色剤と、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物とを含む硬化性組成物を用いて製造することが行われている。
 従来の硬化性組成物としては、特許文献1又は2に記載された組成物が知られている。
 特許文献1には、カルバゾール構造を有する特定のα-アミノケトン化合物を含む重合性組成物が記載されている。
 また、特許文献2には、特定のフルオレン構造を有する特定のα-アミノケトン化合物を含む活性エネルギー線硬化型インキが記載されている。
Optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a curable composition containing a colorant, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
As conventional curable compositions, compositions described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 are known.
Patent Document 1 describes a polymerizable composition containing a specific α-aminoketone compound having a carbazole structure.
Further, Patent Document 2 describes an active energy ray-curable ink containing a specific α-aminoketone compound having a specific fluorene structure.
特開2007-163542号公報JP 2007-163542 A 特開2020-169251号公報JP 2020-169251 A
 本開示に係る実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、得られる硬化物から発生するアウトガスが少ない硬化性組成物を提供することである。
 また、本開示に係る他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記硬化性組成物の硬化物の製造方法、又は、上記硬化性組成物を用いた膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子若しくは画像表示装置を提供することである。
 更に、本開示に係る他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、新規なラジカル重合開始剤を提供することである。
The problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a curable composition that generates less outgassing from the obtained cured product.
Further, the problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is a method for producing a cured product of the curable composition, or a film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging using the curable composition. It is to provide a device or an image display device.
Furthermore, another problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a novel radical polymerization initiator.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 下記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤、及び、ラジカル重合性化合物を含む硬化性組成物。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A curable composition containing a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 1 and a radically polymerizable compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式1中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR11又は-NR1213を表し、Yは2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In Formula 1, Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13 , Y 1 represents a divalent linking group, and R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. and R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
<2> 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式2で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である<1>に記載の硬化性組成物。 <2> The curable composition according to <1>, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 1 above is a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式2中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR24又は-NR2526を表し、Yは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R21~R26はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R25とR26とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表す。 In Formula 2, Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 2 represents -OR 24 or -NR 25 R 26 , Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1-3.
<3> 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式3A又は式3Bで表されるラジカル重合開始剤である<1>又は<2>に記載の硬化性組成物。 <3> The curable composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式3A又は式3B中、Xは-OR34又は-NR3536を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R31はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R32~R36はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R35とR36とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、R39はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す。 In Formula 3A or Formula 3B, X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36 , Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-, R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, R 39 each independently represents a substituent, and m represents an integer of 0-2.
<4> 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式4で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。 <4> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式4中、Xは-OR44又は-NR4546を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R41はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R42~R46はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R45とR46とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-CR4748-、-O-、-S-又は-NR49-を表し、R47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、pは0又は1を表し、qは0~2の整数を表し、Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基又は-C(=O)Zを表し、Zは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In Formula 4, X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46 , Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—, R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —, and each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group , p represents 0 or 1, q represents an integer of 0 to 2, Z 1 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group or -C (= O) Z 2 , and Z 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
<5> 着色剤を更に含む<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
<6> オキシム化合物を更に含む<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
<7> アセトニトリル溶液中25℃での波長248nmの光に対する、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤のモル吸光係数が、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以上である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
<8> <1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmの光を照射する工程を含む硬化物の製造方法。
<9> <1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜。
<10> <9>に記載の膜を有する光学素子。
<11> <9>に記載の膜を有するイメージセンサ。
<12> <9>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
<13> <9>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
<14> 下記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤。
<5> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, further comprising a colorant.
<6> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising an oxime compound.
<7> The molar absorption coefficient of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25 ° C. in an acetonitrile solution is 1,000 L mol -1 cm -1 or more, <1 > The curable composition according to any one of <6>.
<8> A method for producing a cured product, comprising the step of irradiating the curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7> with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
<9> A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7>.
<10> An optical element comprising the film according to <9>.
<11> An image sensor comprising the film according to <9>.
<12> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to <9>.
<13> An image display device comprising the film according to <9>.
<14> A radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式1中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR11又は-NR1213を表し、Yは2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In Formula 1, Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13 , Y 1 represents a divalent linking group, and R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. and R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
<15> 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式2で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である<14>に記載のラジカル重合開始剤。 <15> The radical polymerization initiator according to <14>, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式2中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR24又は-NR2526を表し、Yは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R21~R26はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R25とR26とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表す。 In Formula 2, Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 2 represents -OR 24 or -NR 25 R 26 , Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1-3.
<16> 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式3A又は式3Bで表されるラジカル重合開始剤である<14>又は<15>に記載のラジカル重合開始剤。 <16> The radical polymerization initiator according to <14> or <15>, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式3A又は式3B中、Xは-OR34又は-NR3536を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R31はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R32~R36はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R35とR36とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、R39はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す。 In Formula 3A or Formula 3B, X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36 , Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-, R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, R 39 each independently represents a substituent, and m represents an integer of 0-2.
<17> 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式4で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である<14>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載のラジカル重合開始剤。 <17> The radical polymerization initiator according to any one of <14> to <16>, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式4中、Xは-OR44又は-NR4546を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R41はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R42~R46はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R45とR46とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-CR4748-、-O-、-S-又は-NR49-を表し、R47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、pは0又は1を表し、qは0~2の整数を表し、Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基又は-C(=O)Zを表し、Zは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In Formula 4, X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46 , Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—, R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —, and each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group , p represents 0 or 1, q represents an integer of 0 to 2, Z 1 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group or -C (= O) Z 2 , and Z 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 本開示に係る実施形態によれば、得られる硬化物から発生するアウトガスが少ない硬化性組成物が提供される。
 また、本開示に係る他の実施形態によれば、上記硬化性組成物の硬化物の製造方法、又は、上記硬化性組成物を用いた膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子若しくは画像表示装置が提供される。
 更に、本開示に係る他の実施形態によれば、新規なラジカル重合開始剤が提供される。
According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, a curable composition is provided that generates less outgassing from the obtained cured product.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, a method for producing a cured product of the curable composition, or a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging device, or an image display using the curable composition An apparatus is provided.
Furthermore, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, novel radical polymerization initiators are provided.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい着色剤を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
The content of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, the term "~" is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acryl" represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) ) acryloyl” refers to either or both acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, Me in the structural formulas represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
As used herein, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene equivalent values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, a pigment means a coloring agent that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
As used herein, the term "process" includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
The present disclosure will now be described in detail.
(硬化性組成物)
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、下記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤、及び、ラジカル重合性化合物を含む。
(Curable composition)
The curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 below and a radically polymerizable compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式1中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR11又は-NR1213を表し、Yは2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In Formula 1, Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13 , Y 1 represents a divalent linking group, and R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. and R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 本発明者が鋭意検討した結果、上記構成を採用することにより、得られる硬化物から発生するアウトガスが少ない硬化性組成物が得られることを見出した。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、環状ケトン構造、及び、上記環状ケトン構造のα位に酸素原子又は窒素原子が結合しているため、上記環状ケトン構造におけるカルボニル基の炭素原子と酸素原子又は窒素原子が結合したα炭素原子との結合が解裂し、ラジカルを生じる。そして、ここで生じたラジカルは、環状ケトン構造と連結しており、揮発成分を発生させにくいため、上記硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化物から硬化後に排出される気体(アウトガス)を抑制できると推定している。
As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it was found that a curable composition that generates less outgassing from the resulting cured product can be obtained by adopting the above configuration.
Since the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 has a cyclic ketone structure and an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom at the α-position of the cyclic ketone structure, the carbon atom of the carbonyl group in the cyclic ketone structure and The bond with the α-carbon atom to which the oxygen atom or nitrogen atom is bonded is cleaved to generate a radical. The radicals generated here are linked to the cyclic ketone structure and are less likely to generate volatile components, so the gas (outgas) discharged after curing from the cured product obtained by curing the curable composition is suppressed. I'm assuming it can.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、光学フィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。すなわち、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いることができる。画素の種類としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素等が挙げられる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters. Examples of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. That is, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a curable composition for pixel formation of color filters. Pixel types include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
 赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400nm~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,100nm~1,300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400nm~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400nm~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400nm~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,000nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400nm~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,100nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400nm~1,050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,200nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
As an infrared transmission filter, the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the wavelength range is 1,100 nm to 1,300 nm. A filter that satisfies spectral characteristics such that the minimum transmittance is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) is preferred. The infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 1,500 nm. A filter whose value is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(2): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 nm to 1,500 nm. A filter whose value is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(3): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1,000 nm to 1,500 nm. is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(4): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,500 nm. is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(5): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1,050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and in the wavelength range of 1,200 nm to 1,500 nm A filter having a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタ用の硬化性組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 In addition, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and more preferably used as a curable composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物の固形分濃度は、5質量%~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solid content concentration of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
<式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤を含む。
 また、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、波長150nm~300nmの光によりラジカルを発生する光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましい。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル開始剤がラジカルを発生する露光波長としては、150nm~460nmが好ましく、150nm~420nmがより好ましく、150nm~380nmが更に好ましく、150nm~300nmが特に好ましい。
<Radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above.
The radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator, and more preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals upon exposure to light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
The exposure wavelength at which the radical initiator represented by formula 1 generates radicals is preferably 150 nm to 460 nm, more preferably 150 nm to 420 nm, still more preferably 150 nm to 380 nm, and particularly preferably 150 nm to 300 nm.
 式1におけるArは、得られる硬化物から発生するアウトガスの抑制性(以下、単に「アウトガス抑制性」ともいう。)、及び、感度の観点から、芳香環であることが好ましく、カルバゾール環構造、フルオレン環構造、ジアリールスルフィド構造、ジアリールエーテル構造、ジベンゾチオフェン構造、ジアリールメタン構造、トリアリールメタン構造、ビフェニル構造又はナフタレン環構造を有する芳香環であることがより好ましく、カルバゾール環構造、フルオレン環構造又はジアリールスルフィド構造を有する芳香環であることが更に好ましく、カルバゾール環構造又はフルオレン環構造を有する芳香環であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記Arにおける芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環は、置換基を有していてよい。置換基としては、特に制限はなく、炭素数0~100の置換基が好ましく挙げられ、炭素数0~50の置換基がより好ましく挙げられる。上記置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ヘテロ環基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アシル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、スルホ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、モルフォリノ基、アルコキシアルキル基、カルボキシ基、カルボキシアルキル基等が挙げられる。また、これらの置換基は、更に置換基を有していてもよいし、置換基同士が結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
 更に、上記Arにおける芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環は、脂肪族環、ヘテロ環、芳香環、ヘテロ芳香環等の環構造が縮環して縮合環を形成していてもよい。
Ar 1 in Formula 1 is preferably an aromatic ring from the viewpoint of suppressing outgassing generated from the obtained cured product (hereinafter also simply referred to as "outgassing suppressing property") and sensitivity, and has a carbazole ring structure. , a fluorene ring structure, a diaryl sulfide structure, a diaryl ether structure, a dibenzothiophene structure, a diarylmethane structure, a triarylmethane structure, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring structure. or an aromatic ring having a diarylsulfide structure is more preferred, and an aromatic ring having a carbazole ring structure or a fluorene ring structure is particularly preferred.
In addition, the aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring in Ar 1 may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, preferably a substituent having 0 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituent having 0 to 50 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, amino groups, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, heterocyclic groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, acyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, sulfo groups, alkylaminocarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, morpholino group, alkoxyalkyl group, carboxy group, carboxyalkyl group and the like. In addition, these substituents may further have a substituent, or the substituents may combine to form a ring structure.
Furthermore, the aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring for Ar 1 may form a condensed ring by condensing a ring structure such as an aliphatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, or a heteroaromatic ring.
 式1におけるXは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、-NR1213であることが好ましい。
 また、-OR11におけるR11は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましく、アルキル基であることが特に好ましく、メチル基であることが最も好ましい。
 -NR1213におけるR12及びR13はそれぞれ独立に、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 上記R11~R13におけるアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
 また、-NR1213におけるR12及びR13は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。上記環の環員数は特に限定されないが、3員環~12員環が好ましく、3員環~7員環がより好ましく、3員環~6員環が特に好ましい。その場合、-NR1213は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、アジリジン、アゼチジン、チオモルホリン、ジオキソチオモルホリン、ピペラジン(その他2級環状アミンとして思いつくものなんでも)、ピロリジル基、ピペリジル基又はモルフォリノ基、であることが好ましく、モルフォリノ基であることがより好ましい。
 中でも、-NR1213としては、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、ジアルキルアミノ基、ピロリジル基、ピペリジル基又はモルフォリノ基であることが好ましく、ジメチルアミノ基又はモルフォリノ基であることがより好ましい。
X 1 in Formula 1 is preferably —NR 12 R 13 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
In addition, R 11 in —OR 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group, from the viewpoints of outgas suppression and sensitivity. is particularly preferred, most preferably a methyl group.
R 12 and R 13 in —NR 12 R 13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, or a methyl group, from the viewpoints of outgas suppression and sensitivity. It is particularly preferred to have
The alkyl group and aryl group for R 11 to R 13 may have a substituent. Substituents include the substituents described above.
In addition, R 12 and R 13 in —NR 12 R 13 may combine with each other to form a ring. Although the number of ring members of the above ring is not particularly limited, a 3- to 12-membered ring is preferable, a 3- to 7-membered ring is more preferable, and a 3- to 6-membered ring is particularly preferable. In that case, —NR 12 R 13 is aziridine, azetidine, thiomorpholine, dioxothiomorpholine, piperazine (whatever comes to mind as a secondary cyclic amine), pyrrolidyl group, piperidyl, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and sensitivity. or a morpholino group, more preferably a morpholino group.
Among them, —NR 12 R 13 is preferably a dialkylamino group, a pyrrolidyl group, a piperidyl group or a morpholino group, more preferably a dimethylamino group or a morpholino group, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity. preferable.
 式1におけるYを環員として含む環は、アウトガス抑制性、感度、及び、溶解性の観点から、5~8員環であることが好ましく、5~7員環であることがより好ましく、感度の観点からは、5又は6員環であることが特に好ましく、溶解性の観点からは、7員環であることが特に好ましい。
 また、式1におけるYは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、アルキレン基、アルキレン基とエーテル結合とが結合してなる基、又は、アルキレン基とチオエーテル結合とが結合してなる基であることが好ましく、メチレン基、エチレン基、-CH-O-、-CHCH-O-、又は、-CH-S-であることがより好ましい。
 また、Yがエーテル結合又はチオエーテル結合を有する場合、Yにおける-O-又は-S-は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、Arに直接結合していることが好ましい。
The ring containing Y 1 in Formula 1 as a ring member is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, from the viewpoints of outgas suppression, sensitivity, and solubility. A 5- or 6-membered ring is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and a 7-membered ring is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of solubility.
In addition, Y 1 in Formula 1 is an alkylene group, a group formed by bonding an alkylene group and an ether bond, or a group formed by bonding an alkylene group and a thioether bond, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression property and sensitivity. and more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, -CH 2 -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -O-, or -CH 2 -S-.
Further, when Y 1 has an ether bond or a thioether bond, -O- or -S- in Y 1 is preferably directly bonded to Ar 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
 式1におけるRは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、ベンジル基、又は、p-メチルベンジル基であることが特に好ましい。 R a in Formula 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression properties and sensitivity, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, or p - is particularly preferred to be a methylbenzyl group.
 式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、感度の観点から、アリールカルボニル基又はヘテロアリールカルボニル基を有していることが好ましく、ベンゾイル基を有していることが特に好ましい。
 また、式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、密着性の観点から、ニトロ基を有していることが好ましく、芳香環上にニトロ基を有していることがより好ましい。
 更に、式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、密着性の観点から、ハロゲン原子を有していることが好ましく、塩素原子又は臭素原子を有していることがより好ましく、芳香環上に塩素原子又は臭素原子を有していることが特に好ましい。
 また更に、式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、露光部の底部かつ端部における面方向の目減りが抑制される(以下、単に「アンダーカット抑制性」ともいう。)観点から、硫黄原子を有することが好ましく、芳香環に直接結合した硫黄原子を有することがより好ましい。
 また、これらの式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の好ましい態様は、後述する式2、式3A、式3B、及び、式4についても同様である。
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 preferably has an arylcarbonyl group or a heteroarylcarbonyl group, and particularly preferably has a benzoyl group.
From the viewpoint of adhesion, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 preferably has a nitro group, and more preferably has a nitro group on the aromatic ring.
Furthermore, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 preferably has a halogen atom, more preferably a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, from the viewpoint of adhesion, and on the aromatic ring It is particularly preferred to have a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
Furthermore, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 suppresses the loss in the plane direction at the bottom and edge of the exposed portion (hereinafter also simply referred to as "undercut suppressing property".) From the viewpoint, sulfur atom and more preferably a sulfur atom directly attached to the aromatic ring.
Preferred embodiments of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 also apply to Formulas 2, 3A, 3B, and 4, which will be described later.
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、下記式2で表されるラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。 The radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is preferably a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 2 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式2中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR24又は-NR2526を表し、Yは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R21~R26はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R25とR26とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表す。 In Formula 2, Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 2 represents —OR 24 or —NR 25 R 26 , Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1-3.
 式2におけるArは、式1におけるArと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式2におけるX、-OR24及び-NR2526は、式1におけるX、-OR11及び-NR1213とそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい態様もそれぞれ同様である。
 式2におけるR21は、式1におけるRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
Ar 2 in formula 2 has the same definition as Ar 1 in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
X 2 , —OR 24 and —NR 25 R 26 in Formula 2 have the same meanings as X 1 , —OR 11 and —NR 12 R 13 in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
R 21 in formula 2 has the same definition as R a in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式2におけるYは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、単結合、-O-又は-S-であることが好ましく、-O-又は-S-であることがより好ましい。
 式2におけるR22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 式2におけるnは、感度の観点から、1又は2であることが好ましい。
Y 2 in Formula 2 is preferably a single bond, —O— or —S—, more preferably —O— or —S—, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
R 22 and R 23 in Formula 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and sensitivity, A hydrogen atom is particularly preferred.
n in Formula 2 is preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、下記式3A又は式3Bで表されるラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましく、下記式3Aで表されるラジカル重合開始剤であることが更に好ましい。 The radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is more preferably a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 3A or 3B from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity, and is represented by the following formula 3A. It is more preferable that the radical polymerization initiator is used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式3A又は式3B中、Xは-OR34又は-NR3536を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R31はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R32~R36はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R35とR36とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、R39はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す。 In Formula 3A or Formula 3B, X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36 , Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-, R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, R 39 each independently represents a substituent, and m represents an integer of 0-2.
 式3におけるX、-OR34及び-NR3536は、式1におけるX、-OR11及び-NR1213とそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい態様もそれぞれ同様である。
 式3におけるR31は、式1におけるRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式3におけるY、R32、R33及びnは、式2におけるY、R22、R23及びnとそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい態様もそれぞれ同様である。
X 3 , —OR 34 and —NR 35 R 36 in Formula 3 have the same meanings as X 1 , —OR 11 and —NR 12 R 13 in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
R 31 in formula 3 has the same definition as R a in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y 3 , R 32 , R 33 and n in Formula 3 have the same meanings as Y 2 , R 22 , R 23 and n in Formula 2, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式3A又は式3Bにおけるmは、0又は1であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
 式3A又は式3BのR39における置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
 中でも、R39としては、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリール基が好ましく挙げられる。
m in Formula 3A or Formula 3B is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
Substituents for R 39 in Formula 3A or Formula 3B include the substituents described above.
Among them, R 39 is preferably a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, or an aryl group from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
 また、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、下記式4で表されるラジカル重合開始剤であることが特に好ましい。 In addition, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is particularly preferably a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 4 below from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式4中、Xは-OR44又は-NR4546を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R41はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R42~R46はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R45とR46とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-CR4748-、-O-、-S-又は-NR49-を表し、R47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、pは0又は1を表し、qは0~2の整数を表し、Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基又は-C(=O)Zを表し、Zは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In Formula 4, X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46 , Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—, R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —, and each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group , p represents 0 or 1, q represents an integer of 0 to 2, Z 1 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group or -C (= O) Z 2 , and Z 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 式4におけるX、-OR44及び-NR4546は、式1におけるX、-OR11及び-NR1213とそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい態様もそれぞれ同様である。
 式4におけるR41は、式1におけるRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式4におけるY、R42、R43及びnは、式2におけるY、R22、R23及びnとそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい態様もそれぞれ同様である。
X 4 , —OR 44 and —NR 45 R 46 in Formula 4 have the same meanings as X 1 , —OR 11 and —NR 12 R 13 in Formula 1, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
R 41 in formula 4 has the same definition as R a in formula 1, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y 4 , R 42 , R 43 and n in Formula 4 have the same meanings as Y 2 , R 22 , R 23 and n in Formula 2, respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式4におけるLは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、単結合、-S-又は-NR49-であることが好ましく、-S-又は-NR49-であることがより好ましく、-NR49-であることが特に好ましい。
 式4におけるR47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、エチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 また、R47~R49におけるアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
 式4におけるLは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、単結合、又は、-CR4748-であることが好ましく、単結合であることがより好ましい。
 また、式4におけるLの一方の結合位置は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、Yの結合位置のオルト位、すなわち、YとLとの間の位置であることが好ましい。
 更に、式4におけるLの2つの結合位置は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、Lの結合位置のオルト位であることが好ましい。
 式4におけるpは、アウトガス抑制性、及び、感度の観点から、1であることが好ましい。
L 1 in Formula 4 is preferably a single bond, -S- or -NR 49 -, more preferably -S- or -NR 49 -, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity, -NR 49 - is particularly preferred.
R 47 to R 49 in Formula 4 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an ethyl group from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and sensitivity. It is particularly preferred to have
In addition, the alkyl group and aryl group in R 47 to R 49 may have a substituent. Substituents include the substituents described above.
L 2 in Formula 4 is preferably a single bond or —CR 47 R 48 —, more preferably a single bond, from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
In addition, one binding position of L 2 in formula 4 is the ortho position of the binding position of Y 4 , that is, the position between Y 4 and L 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity. preferable.
Furthermore, the two bonding positions of L 2 in formula 4 are preferably ortho-positions of the bonding position of L 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
p in Formula 4 is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of outgas suppression and sensitivity.
 式4におけるqは、0又は1であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
 式4におけるZは、アウトガス抑制性、感度、及び、密着性の観点から、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ベンゾイル基であることが好ましく、塩素原子、臭素原子、ニトロ基、又は、ベンゾイル基であることより好ましく、密着性の観点からは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又は、ニトロ基であることが特に好ましく、感度の観点からは、ベンゾイル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式4におけるZは、感度の観点から、アリール基であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。
q in Formula 4 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
Z 1 in Formula 4 is preferably a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, or a benzoyl group from the viewpoint of outgas suppression, sensitivity, and adhesion, and is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a nitro group, or a benzoyl A group is more preferable, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or a nitro group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion, and a benzoyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, Z 2 in Formula 4 is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、ArF吸収領域である波長194nm、KrF吸収領域である波長248nm、又は、i線吸収領域である波長365nmのいずれかに吸収を有することが好ましい。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の波長194nm、248nm又は365nmのいずれかにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上が好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以上がより好ましく、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以上が特に好ましい。
 中でも、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、アセトニトリル溶液中25℃での波長248nmの光に対するモル吸光係数が、感度、及び、密着性の観点から、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以上であることが好ましく、2,000以上がより好ましく、3,000以上が特に好ましい。上限は限定されないが,50,000以下が好ましく、30,000以下がより好ましく、10,000以下が特に好ましい。モル吸光係数の上限を10,000以下とすることで、露光光源の透過性が向上し、密着性が良化する。
The radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above preferably has absorption at a wavelength of 194 nm, which is the ArF absorption region, at a wavelength of 248 nm, which is the KrF absorption region, or at a wavelength of 365 nm, which is the i-line absorption region.
The molar extinction coefficient of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 at a wavelength of 194 nm, 248 nm or 365 nm is preferably 10 L mol -1 cm -1 or more, and 100 L mol -1 from the viewpoint of sensitivity. ·cm −1 or more is more preferable, and 1,000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more is particularly preferable.
Among them, the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 has a molar absorption coefficient for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25 ° C. in an acetonitrile solution, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion, 1,000 L mol -1 . cm −1 or more is preferable, 2,000 or more is more preferable, and 3,000 or more is particularly preferable. Although the upper limit is not limited, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or less. By setting the upper limit of the molar extinction coefficient to 10,000 or less, the transmittance of the exposure light source is improved, and the adhesion is improved.
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、A-1~A-112が好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されないことは言うまでもない。なお、下記における括弧内の数値は、アセトニトリル溶液中25℃での波長248nmの光に対するモル吸光係数(L・mol-1・cm-1)を表す。
 中でも、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤としては、A-6(23,000)、A-15(21,200)、A-22(28,500)、A-32(32,000)、A-46(31,100)、A-49(35,500)、A-64(33,000)、A-68(19,800)、A-92(3,400)、A-103(2,800)、及び、A-109(8,000)よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種のラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。
Specific examples of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above preferably include A-1 to A-112, but needless to say, the initiator is not limited to these. Numerical values in parentheses below represent molar extinction coefficients (L·mol −1 ·cm −1 ) for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25° C. in an acetonitrile solution.
Among them, as the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1, A-6 (23,000), A-15 (21,200), A-22 (28,500), A-32 (32,000 ), A-46 (31,100), A-49 (35,500), A-64 (33,000), A-68 (19,800), A-92 (3,400), A-103 At least one radical polymerization initiator selected from the group consisting of (2,800) and A-109 (8,000) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が下記範囲となることが好ましい。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、アウトガス抑制性、及び、簡素の観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%が更に好ましく、1質量%~8質量%が特に好ましい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one type of radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the following range.
The content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression and simplicity. More preferably 0.05% to 20% by mass, even more preferably 0.1% to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% to 8% by mass.
 また、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、波長450nm以上に吸収を持たないことが好ましく、波長420nm以上に吸収を持たないことがより好ましい。すなわち上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、白色~薄黄色であることが好ましい。上記色であると、カラーフィルタの分光に影響が少なく好ましい。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤において、上記のような波長に吸収を有する構造としては、カルバゾール構造、ジフェニルスルフィド構造、ビフェニル構造、又は、フルオレン構造が好ましい。
Moreover, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above preferably has no absorption at a wavelength of 450 nm or more, and more preferably has no absorption at a wavelength of 420 nm or more. That is, the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above is preferably white to pale yellow. The above colors are preferable because they have little effect on the spectrum of the color filter.
In the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above, the structure having absorption at the above wavelengths is preferably a carbazole structure, a diphenyl sulfide structure, a biphenyl structure, or a fluorene structure.
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の製造方法は、特に制限はなく、公知の方法により製造してもよいし、公知の方法を参照して製造してもよい。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、α-アミノケトン化合物である場合、公知の鎖状α-アミノケトン化合物と同様の方法で合成することができ、例えば、特開2008-31280号公報に記載の方法で合成することができる。
 また、芳香族基に連結した環状ケトン化合物のα位をナトリウムメトキシド(塩基)でアニオン化しアルキルハライド(R-X)と反応させてモノアルキル化し、これのα位ハロゲン(臭素)化したものをナトリウムメトキシド(塩基)存在下で第二級アミン化合物(HNR1213)と反応させる方法も好適に挙げられる。
 更に、環状ケトン化合物のα位をモノハロゲン(臭素)化したのち、第二級アミン化合物(HNR1213)と反応させ、最後に水酸化ナトリウム(塩基)存在下でアルキルハライド(R-X)と反応させてアルキル化する方法も好適に挙げられる。
The method for producing the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is not particularly limited, and it may be produced by a known method, or may be produced by referring to a known method.
When the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is an α-aminoketone compound, it can be synthesized in the same manner as a known linear α-aminoketone compound. It can be synthesized by the described method.
In addition, the α-position of the cyclic ketone compound linked to the aromatic group was anionized with sodium methoxide (base), reacted with an alkyl halide (R a -X), monoalkylated, and then halogenated (brominated) at the α-position. A method of reacting a compound with a secondary amine compound (HNR 12 R 13 ) in the presence of sodium methoxide (base) is also suitable.
Furthermore, after monohalogenating (brominating) the α-position of the cyclic ketone compound, it is reacted with a secondary amine compound (HNR 12 R 13 ), and finally an alkyl halide (R a - A method of alkylating by reacting with X) is also suitable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物である場合、上記第二級アミン化合物と反応させるところを水酸化カリウムに置き換えて反応させる方法が好適に挙げられる。 When the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 1 is an α-hydroxyketone compound, a suitable method is to replace the reaction with the secondary amine compound with potassium hydroxide.
 また、前駆体となるケトン化合物の合成方法としては、例えば、芳香族基に連結した環状ケトンの合成方法は、特開2011-33793号公報、特開2011-209655号公報、特開2011-227295号公報、国際公開第2012/169812号、国際公開第2021/023144号等に記載の方法に従って合成できる。 Further, as a method for synthesizing a ketone compound serving as a precursor, for example, a method for synthesizing a cyclic ketone linked to an aromatic group is disclosed in JP-A-2011-33793, JP-A-2011-209655, JP-A-2011-227295. No. 2012/169812, International Publication No. 2021/023144, and the like.
 反応に供する上記第二級アミン化合物としては、ジメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジプロピルアミン、ジブチルアミン、ジメタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ビペリジン、モルホリン、チオモルホリン、N-メチルピペラジン、N-エチルピペラジン、N-イソプロピルピペラジン、ピロリジン、ジヘキシルアミン、ジオクチルアミン、ジデシルアミン、エチルメチルアミン等の脂肪族第二級アミン化合物、アジリジン、アゼチジン、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、ノルボルナンジメチルアミン、1,3-ビス(4-ピペリジル)プロパン等の脂環式第二級アミン化合物、ベンジルメチルアミン、ジフェニルアミン、ジベンジルアミン等の芳香族第二級アミン化合物を使用することができる。
 中でも、ジメチルアミン、又は、モルホリンが特に好ましい。
Examples of the secondary amine compound to be subjected to the reaction include dimethylamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, dibutylamine, dimethanolamine, diethanolamine, biperidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, N-methylpiperazine, N-ethylpiperazine, and N-isopropyl. Aliphatic secondary amine compounds such as piperazine, pyrrolidine, dihexylamine, dioctylamine, didecylamine, ethylmethylamine, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, norbornanedimethylamine, 1,3-bis(4-piperidyl)propane Alicyclic secondary amine compounds, aromatic secondary amine compounds such as benzylmethylamine, diphenylamine and dibenzylamine can be used.
Among them, dimethylamine or morpholine is particularly preferred.
<他のラジカル重合開始剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤以外の他のラジカル重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
 他のラジカル重合開始剤としては、オキシム化合物、α-アミノアセトフェノン化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物等が挙げられる。
 中でも、オキシム化合物が好ましい。
 上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤と他のラジカル重合開始剤と併用することで、よりバランスの優れた矩形性のよいパターンを得ることができる。
<Other radical polymerization initiators>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain radical polymerization initiators other than the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 above.
Other radical polymerization initiators include oxime compounds, α-aminoacetophenone compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds and the like.
Among them, oxime compounds are preferred.
By using the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 together with another radical polymerization initiator, a pattern with better balance and good rectangularity can be obtained.
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、国際公開第2021/023144号に記載のオキシムエステル化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(トロンリー社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。
 また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。
 また、他のラジカル重合開始剤としては、特表2020-507664号公報に記載のフルオレニルアミノケトン類光開始剤を用いることもできる。
Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, J. Am. C. S. compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015 / 152153, compounds described in WO 2017/051680, compounds described in JP 2017-198865, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, Compounds described in WO 2013/167515, polymers described in JP 2020-172619, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in WO 2020/152120, WO 2021/023144 and the oxime ester compounds described in . Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime) and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronly), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by Tronly). ) Photopolymerization initiator 2) described in JP-A-2012-014052 manufactured by ADEKA.
As the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
In addition, as other radical polymerization initiators, fluorenylaminoketone photoinitiators described in JP-T-2020-507664 can also be used.
 オキシム化合物としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the oxime compound. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. mentioned.
 オキシム化合物としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
 オキシム化合物としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the oxime compound. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
 オキシム化合物としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
 オキシム化合物としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the oxime compound. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
 オキシム化合物としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 オキシム化合物としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう。)を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基及びニトロ基が好ましく、耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基又はアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基又はアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar 2 OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) can be used. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred because a film having excellent light resistance can be easily formed. A benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclic oxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group or an amino group. A sulfanyl group or an amino group is more preferred.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
 また、オキシム化合物としては、以下に示す化合物を特に好ましく例示できる。 In addition, as the oxime compound, the compounds shown below can be particularly preferably exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 他のラジカル重合開始剤との併用時の質量比率は、特に制限はないが、アウトガス抑制性の観点から、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量が、重合開始剤の全質量に対し、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。 The mass ratio when used in combination with other radical polymerization initiators is not particularly limited. is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
<ラジカル重合性化合物>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル重合性化合物を含む。
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。
<Radical polymerizable compound>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises a radically polymerizable compound.
Examples of the radically polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 樹脂タイプのラジカル重合性化合物としては、ラジカル重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~2,000,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1,000,000以下であることがより好ましく、500,000以下であることが更に好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3,000以上であることがより好ましく、5,000以上であることが更に好ましい。 Examples of resin-type radically polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having radically polymerizable groups. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
 モノマータイプのラジカル重合性化合物(重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2,000未満であることが好ましく、1,500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type radically polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-029760, paragraph numbers 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970, and JP-A-2013-253224. Paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph number 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, JP 6031807, JP 2017-194662 and the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、及びこれらの化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール及び/又はプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)などが挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成(株)製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available). is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (As a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and / or Examples thereof include compounds having a structure linked via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer). Further, as a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical ( Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
 また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as (meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、更に、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group. Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 A compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group. For compounds having a caprolactone structure, the description of paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Compounds having a caprolactone structure include, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和基とアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基と、エチレンオキシ基及び/又はプロピレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基とエチレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが更に好ましい。市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR494、日本化薬(株)製のイソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group. Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, more preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group and an ethyleneoxy group. Tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compounds having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups are preferred, and more preferred. Examples of commercially available products include SR494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and a trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TPA-330 and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 A polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group. Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmental regulation substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることも好ましい。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), light acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
 ラジカル重合性化合物の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物において、ラジカル重合性化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, only one type of radically polymerizable compound may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<着色剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、着色剤を含むことが好ましい。
 着色剤としては、有彩色着色剤、及び、黒色着色剤などが挙げられる。有彩色着色剤としては、波長400nm~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する着色剤が挙げられる。例えば、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤、青色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤などが挙げられる。他の着色剤は、有彩色着色剤であることが好ましく、黄色着色剤及び緑色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、黄色着色剤であることがより好ましい。
 着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよいが、顔料であることが好ましい。
<Colorant>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a colorant.
Colorants include chromatic colorants and black colorants. Examples of chromatic coloring agents include coloring agents having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Examples include green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, orange colorants, and the like. The other coloring agent is preferably a chromatic coloring agent, preferably at least one selected from a yellow coloring agent and a green coloring agent, and more preferably a yellow coloring agent.
The coloring agent may be a pigment or a dye, but is preferably a pigment.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1nm~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上がより好ましく、10nm以上が更に好ましい。上限は、180nm以下がより好ましく、150nm以下が更に好ましく、100nm以下が特に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本明細書における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm. The lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, still more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less. In addition, in this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle size in this specification is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
 緑色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物及びスクアリリウム化合物が挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。また、緑色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。緑色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-076995号公報に記載のコアシェル型色素、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Examples of green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred. Also, the green colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of green colorants include C.I. I. Green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65 and 66 are included. Further, as a green colorant, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine having an average number of halogen atoms of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 per molecule. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as a green colorant, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in WO 2012/102395, described in JP 2019-008014. The phthalocyanine compound, the phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2018-180023, the compound described in JP-A-2019-038958, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A-2020-070426, JP-A-2020-076995 Core-shell type dyes described in, diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758, and the like can also be used.
 緑色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,59,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,59がより好ましい。 The green coloring agent is C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62 and 63 are preferred, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58 and 59 are more preferred.
 赤色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。赤色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色着色剤として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つの臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色着色剤、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色着色剤、特開2020-090632号公報の段落番号0229に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140741号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140744号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、特開2020-079396号公報に記載のペリレン化合物、特開2020-083982号公報に記載のペリレン化合物、特開2018-035345号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、特開2020-066702号公報の段落番号0025~0041に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色着色剤として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。赤色着色剤として、Lumogen F Orange 240(BASF製、赤色顔料、ペリレン顔料)を用いることもできる。 Examples of red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo It is preferably a compound, more preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Also, the red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of red colorants include C.I. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments. Further, as a red colorant, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 Pyrrole compounds, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/117965, brominated diketopyrrolo described in JP 2020-085947 Pyrrole compound, naphthol azo compound described in JP-A-2012-229344, red coloring agent described in JP-A-6516119, red coloring agent described in JP-A-6525101, paragraph of JP-A-2020-090632 Brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in No. 0229, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140741, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, JP 2020 -Perylene compounds described in JP-A-079396, perylene compounds described in JP-A-2020-083982, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2018-035345, paragraph numbers 0025 to 0041 of JP-A-2020-066702 The described diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and the like can also be used. Also, as a red colorant, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is used. can also Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used as a red colorant.
 赤色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,179,254,255,264,269,272,291が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましい。 The red coloring agent is C.I. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272 and 291 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, 272 are more preferred.
 黄色着色剤としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物及びペリレン化合物などが挙げられる。黄色着色剤は、顔料であることが好ましく、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料又はペリレン顔料であることがより好ましく、アゾ顔料又はアゾメチン顔料であることがより好ましい。黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds and perylene compounds. The yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a pteridine pigment, a quinophthalone pigment or a perylene pigment, more preferably an azo pigment or an azomethine pigment. Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and other yellow pigments.
 また、黄色着色剤として、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。 A nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used as a yellow colorant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 また、黄色着色剤として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-197719号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載の化合物、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載の化合物、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載の化合物、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載の化合物、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062644号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2018-203798号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062578号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432076号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-155881号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-111757号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-040835号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2017-197640号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2016-145282号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-085565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-021139号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209614号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209435号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-181015号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-061622号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-032486号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2012-226110号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074987号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074986号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074985号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-050420号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-031281号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭48-032765号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033525号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033524号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033523号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033522号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033521号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045200号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045199号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045197号に記載の化合物、特開2020-093994号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、国際公開第2020/105346号に記載のペリレン化合物、特表2020-517791号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、下記式(QP1)で表される化合物、下記式(QP2)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。 Further, as a yellow colorant, compounds described in JP-A-2017-201003, compounds described in JP-A-2017-197719, paragraphs 0011-0062, 0137-0276 of JP-A-2017-171912 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0062 and 0138 to 0295 of JP-A-2017-171913, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011-0062 and 0139-0190 of JP-A-2017-171914, JP 2017 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-171915, quinophthalone compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0034 of JP-A-2013-054339, paragraph numbers 0013- of JP-A-2014-026228 0058, the isoindoline compound described in JP-A-2018-062644, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2018-062578, and the patent No. 6432076. Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-155881, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-111757, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-040835, JP-A-2017 -Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-197640, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2016-145282, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2014-085565, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2014-021139, in particular Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-209614, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-209435, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-181015, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-061622 , the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2013-032486, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2012-226110, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2008-074987, the JP-A-2008-081565. Quinophthalone compounds, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074986, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074985, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-050420, particularly Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-031281, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-B-48-032765, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2019-008014, quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, Korea Compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-2014-0034963, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-095706, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, Compounds described in JP 2020-033525, compounds described in JP 2020-033524, compounds described in JP 2020-033523, compounds described in JP 2020-033522, JP 2020-033521, compounds described in WO 2020/045200, compounds described in WO 2020/045199, compounds described in WO 2020/045197, JP 2020- 093994, the perylene compound described in International Publication No. 2020/105346, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2020-517791, the compound represented by the following formula (QP1), the following formula (QP2 ) can also be used. Moreover, those obtained by polymerizing these compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(QP1)中、X~X16は各々独立に水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表し、Zは炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表す。式(QP1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許第6443711号公報の段落番号0016に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 In formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP1) include compounds described in paragraph number 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(QP2)中、Y~Yは、それぞれ独立にハロゲン原子を示す。n、mは0~6の整数、pは0~5の整数を表す。(n+m)は1以上である。式(QP2)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特許6432077号公報の段落番号0047~0048に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 In formula (QP2), Y 1 to Y 3 each independently represent a halogen atom. n and m are integers from 0 to 6; p is an integer from 0 to 5; (n+m) is 1 or more. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (QP2) include compounds described in paragraphs 0047 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077.
 黄色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントイエロー117,129,138,139,150,185が好ましい。 The yellow coloring agent is C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 117, 129, 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred.
 オレンジ色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 As an orange colorant, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. of orange pigments.
 紫色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 As a purple colorant, C.I. I. Purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 are included.
 青色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等が挙げられる。また、青色着色剤として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As a blue colorant, C.I. I. pigment blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. be done. An aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue colorant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
 有彩色着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo, anilinoazo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, Phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes can be used.
 有彩色着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、有機溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物及び製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下が更に好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 A pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic colorant. The dye multimer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The particulate dye multimer can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682. A dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. A plurality of dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
 有彩色着色剤には、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物を用いることができる。有彩色着色剤は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。 The chromatic colorants include diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, and JP-A-2020-117638. Xanthene compounds described, phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/174991, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-160279 or salts thereof, Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442 described Compound represented by Formula 1, compound represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070 Compounds, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by Formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, Patent No. 6809649 and the isoindoline compound described in JP-A-2020-180176. The chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-like structure, or may be used in both structures.
 有彩色着色剤は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色着色剤を2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。 Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. In addition, when two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more chromatic colorants.
 黒色着色剤としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、無機黒色着色剤としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等が挙げられ、カーボンブラック又はチタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。黒色着色剤として、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Black 1,7を用いることもできる。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整した分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。有機黒色着色剤としては、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報、国際公開第2014/208348号、特表2015-525260号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。また、有機黒色着色剤としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落0016~0020に記載のペリレンブラック(Lumogen Black FK4280等)を使用しても良い。 The black colorant is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. For example, inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, graphite, etc. Carbon black or titanium black is preferred, and titanium black is more preferred. Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, preferably low order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing cohesion, and the like. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Further, treatment with a water-repellent substance as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-302836 is also possible. Color index (C.I.) Pigment Black 1, 7 can also be used as a black colorant. Titanium black preferably has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of individual particles. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, in which the content ratio of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50, may be mentioned. Regarding the dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP-A-2012-169556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Commercially available examples of titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D ( Trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like. Examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred. As the bisbenzofuranone compound, JP-A-2010-534726, JP-A-2012-515233, JP-A-2012-515234, International Publication No. 2014/208348, JP-A-2015-525260, etc. compounds, for example, available as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. As a perylene compound, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601, JP-A-02-034664, and the like. Further, as the organic black colorant, perylene black (Lumogen Black FK4280, etc.) described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821 may be used.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、着色剤を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が下記範囲となることが好ましい。
 着色剤の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、10質量%~75質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、65質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one type of colorant alone or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the following range.
The content of the colorant is preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more.
<樹脂>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル重合性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。ラジカル重合性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を硬化性組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を硬化性組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
 なお、ラジカル重合性基を有する樹脂は、ラジカル重合性化合物にも該当する。
<Resin>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can use a resin as the radically polymerizable compound. It is preferable to use a radically polymerizable compound containing at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment or the like in the curable composition or for a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a curable composition is also called a dispersant. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
A resin having a radically polymerizable group also corresponds to a radically polymerizable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂を用いることもできる。 Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, Polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, and the like. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (for example, ARTON F4520). Further, as the resin, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP-A-2017-057265, the resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, JP Resins described in JP-A-2017-075248, resins described in JP-A-2017-066240, resins described in JP-A-2017-167513, resins described in JP-A-2017-173787, Resins described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689, resins described in paragraph numbers 0022-0071 of JP-A-2018-010856, blocks described in JP-A-2016-222891 Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in JP-A-2020-122052, resin described in JP-A-2020-111656, resin described in JP-A-2020-139021, JP-A-2017-138503 A resin containing a structural unit having a ring structure in its main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in its side chain as described in 1) can also be used. As the resin, a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used. Regarding the resin having a fluorene skeleton, the description of US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A-2020-186373, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP-A-2020-186325, and the Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339. A resin represented by the formula 1 can also be used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of acid groups include carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfo groups, and phenolic hydroxy groups. Only one kind of these acid groups may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. A resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin. The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
 樹脂としては、式(ED1)で示される化合物及び/又は式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as an "ether dimer"). It is also preferred to include
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(ED1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。 In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。 In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For specific examples of ether dimers, paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基が挙げられる。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. Polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups and cyclic ether groups.
 また、樹脂として、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位(以下、繰り返し単位Epともいう)を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Epともいう)を用いることもできる。上記樹脂Epは、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位のうち、いずれか一方の繰り返し単位のみを含んでいてもよく、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位と式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位のそれぞれを含んでいてもよい。両方の繰り返し単位を含む場合、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位と式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位との比率は、モル比で、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位:式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位=5:95~95:5であることが好ましく、10:90~90:10であることがより好ましく、20:80~80:20であることが更に好ましい。 Further, as the resin, at least one type of repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit Ep) selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2). A resin (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ep) can also be used. The resin Ep may contain only one of the repeating units represented by the formula (Ep-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2). -1) and the repeating unit represented by formula (Ep-2) may be included. When both repeating units are included, the ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-1) to the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ep-2) is the molar ratio represented by the formula (Ep-1). Repeating unit: repeating unit represented by formula (Ep-2) = preferably 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, 20:80 to 80 :20 is more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(Ep-1)、(Ep-2)中、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rが表す置換基としては、アルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5が良い好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rは、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。Lが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及びこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状又は分岐状が好ましい。また、アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基などが挙げられる。 In formulas (Ep-1) and (Ep-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent represented by R 1 includes an alkyl group and an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The divalent linking group represented by L 1 includes an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S- and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear or branched. Moreover, the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. A hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
 樹脂Ep中における上記繰り返し単位Epの含有量は、樹脂Epの全繰り返し単位中1モル%~100モル%であることが好ましい。上限は90モル%以下であることが好ましく、80モル%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol % to 100 mol % of all repeating units in the resin Ep. The upper limit is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mol % or more, more preferably 3 mol % or more.
 樹脂Epは、上記繰り返し単位Epの他に他の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。他の繰り返し単位としては、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、エチレン性不飽和基を有する繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。 The resin Ep may have other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit Ep. Other repeating units include a repeating unit having an acid group, a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the like.
 酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられ、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基であることがより好ましい。 The acid group includes a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group, preferably a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxy group, more preferably a carboxy group.
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
 樹脂Epが酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、樹脂Ep中における酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂Epの全繰り返し単位中5モル%~85モル%であることが好ましい。上限は60モル%以下であることが好ましく、40モル%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、8モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましい。 When the resin Ep contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the resin Ep is preferably 5 mol% to 85 mol% of all repeating units in the resin Ep. The upper limit is preferably 60 mol % or less, more preferably 40 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 8 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epがエチレン性不飽和基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、樹脂Ep中におけるエチレン性不飽和基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂Epの全繰り返し単位中1モル%~65モル%であることが好ましい。上限は45モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。 When the resin Ep contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the resin Ep is 1 mol% to 65 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin Ep. is preferred. The upper limit is preferably 45 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 mol % or more, more preferably 3 mol % or more.
 樹脂Epは、更に芳香族炭化水素環を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としては、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する樹脂が、芳香族炭化水素環を有す繰り返し単位を含む場合、芳香族炭化水素環を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、環状エーテル基を有する樹脂の全繰り返し単位中1モル%~65モル%であることが好ましい。上限は45モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環を有す繰り返し単位としては、ビニルトルエン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートなどの芳香族炭化水素環を有する単官能の重合性化合物由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The resin Ep preferably further contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, more preferably a benzene ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. An alkyl group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. When the resin having a cyclic ether group contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is 1 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin having a cyclic ether group. ~65 mol% is preferred. The upper limit is more preferably 45 mol % or less, even more preferably 30 mol % or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol % or more, still more preferably 3 mol % or more. Repeating units having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include repeating units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21及びR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0-15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac). In Resin Ac, the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxy group is a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-2.
 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer chain. represents
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides, and the like. Examples of aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基又は下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。 In the above formula, Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基は、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基であることがより好ましい。
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1又は2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3及びn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基又は上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はLとの結合位置を表す。
In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and still more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, preferably 1 More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L1 .
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or CONH-, preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基及びアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及びS-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by L 2 in formula (Ac-1) includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and these A group obtained by combining two or more of The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The arylene group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group in which an alkylene group and an arylene group are combined; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group; Examples include a group obtained by combining at least one selected from -NH- and S-, and an alkylene group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. An alkylene group and an arylene group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent.
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or CONH-, preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and 2 of these Groups in which more than one species are combined are included. Hydrocarbon groups include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, even more preferably 6-10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. A hydroxy group etc. are mentioned as a substituent. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基又は炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12b includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, and a hydrocarbon group or a group of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and —O— is preferred.
 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), *2 represents formula ( The binding position of Ac-2) with P10 is shown. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12c includes a hydrocarbon group; and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- and the like, preferably a hydrocarbon group.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位及びポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20,000が好ましい。下限は1,000以上がより好ましい。上限は10,000以下がより好ましく、5,000以下が更に好ましく、3,000以下が特に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 P 10 in formula (Ac-2) represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P10 is preferably 500-20,000. More preferably, the lower limit is 1,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基が挙げられる。 The polymer chain represented by P10 may contain a polymerizable group. Polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含有することが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。
 塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol % or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol %. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g. Further, a basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, reference can be made to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of its main chain and side chains. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and at least one of the main chain and the side chain has a basic nitrogen atom. A resin having The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core. Such resins include, for example, dendrimers (including star polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in its side chain. The content of repeating units having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more of the total repeating units of the resin, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and 20 mol%. More preferably ~70 mol%.
 また、分散剤として用いる樹脂は、オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂であることが好ましく、オキセタン基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることがより好ましい。
 更に、オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂は、グラフトポリマーであることが好ましい。
 オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂としては、後述する実施例にて記載しているものが好適に挙げられる。上記樹脂におけるオキセタン基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
Moreover, the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain, and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an oxetane group in a side chain.
Furthermore, the resin containing an oxetane group in its side chain is preferably a graft polymer.
As the resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain, those described in Examples to be described later can be suitably used. The content of the repeating unit having an oxetane group in the side chain in the resin is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, in the total repeating units of the resin, and 20 mol. % to 70 mol % is more preferred.
 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載の分散剤などを用いることもできる。 Further, as a dispersant, resins described in JP-A-2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, a block copolymer described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066688, a dispersant described in WO 2016/104803, and the like can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. Ajisper series, and the like. In addition, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物がラジカル重合性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対して、1質量部~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、70質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、20質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、樹脂を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a resin as a radically polymerizable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
Also, the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
Also, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
When the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. preferable. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. Moreover, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one resin, or may contain two or more resins. When two or more resins are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<溶剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<Solvent>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent. An organic solvent is mentioned as a solvent. The type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition. Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxy butanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 mass ppm or less, or 1 mass ppm or less).
 本開示においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015). .
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 硬化性組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the curable composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and 30% by mass to 90% by mass. More preferred.
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本開示において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、硬化性組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、硬化性組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として硬化性組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、又はこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した硬化性組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 In addition, the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances from the viewpoint of environmental regulations. In the present disclosure, "substantially free of environmentally regulated substances" means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the curable composition is 50 mass ppm or less, and that it is 30 mass ppm or less. It is preferably 10 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1 mass ppm or less, particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Environmental control substances include, for example, benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmental controlled substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) Regulations, the Pollutant Release and Transfer Register (PRTR) Law, and the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) Regulations. methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents in the production of components used in the curable composition, and may be mixed into the curable composition as residual solvents. From the viewpoint of safety to humans and consideration for the environment, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the amount of environmentally regulated substances, there is a method in which the system is heated or decompressed to raise the temperature to the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances or higher, and the environmentally regulated substances are distilled off from the system. In the case of distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in order to increase the efficiency. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like is added and distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from progressing during the vacuum distillation and the intermolecular cross-linking. may These distillation methods are the stage of raw materials, the stage of reacting raw materials (for example, resin solution or polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the curable composition prepared by mixing these compounds. Any stage, such as stages, is possible.
<顔料誘導体>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体は、例えば、分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基又は塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<Pigment derivative>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersing aids. Pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。 Dye skeletons constituting pigment derivatives include quinoline dye skeletons, benzimidazolone dye skeletons, benzoisoindole dye skeletons, benzothiazole dye skeletons, iminium dye skeletons, squarylium dye skeletons, croconium dye skeletons, oxonol dye skeletons, and pyrrolopyrrole dye skeletons. skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, azo dye skeleton, azomethine dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, anthraquinone dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, thioindigo dye skeleton, Isoindoline dye skeletons, isoindolinone dye skeletons, quinophthalone dye skeletons, iminium dye skeletons, dithiol dye skeletons, triarylmethane dye skeletons, pyrromethene dye skeletons, and the like can be mentioned.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSOX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX3、-CONHSOX4、-CONHCORX5又はSONHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 The acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof. Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHCOR X1 is preferable. As the sulfonic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable. The imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , —CONHSO 2 R X4 , —CONHCOR X5 or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , more preferably —SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 . R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R X1 to R X6 may have substituents. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基及びその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400nm~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は、3,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 A pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used as the pigment derivative. The maximum molar extinction coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L·mol −1 ·cm It is more preferably 1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more, and may be 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、特開昭56-118462号公報に記載の化合物、特開昭63-264674号公報に記載の化合物、特開平01-217077号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-009961号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-026767号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-153780号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-045662号公報に記載の化合物、特開平04-285669号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-145546号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-212088号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-240158号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-030063号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-195326号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082に記載の化合物、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171に記載の化合物、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183に記載の化合物、特開2003-081972号公報に記載の化合物、特許第5299151号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172732号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-199308号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-085562号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-035351号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-109512号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-133154号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/002106号に記載のチオール連結基を有するジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩が挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, compounds described in JP-A-01-217077, JP-A-03- 009961, compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, compounds described in JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669 Compounds described in publications, compounds described in JP-A-06-145546, compounds described in JP-A-06-212088, compounds described in JP-A-06-240158, JP-A-10-030063 Compounds described, compounds described in JP-A-10-195326, compounds described in paragraphs 0086 to 0098 of WO 2011/024896, WO 2012/102399 described in paragraphs 0063 to 0094 Compounds, compounds described in paragraph number 0082 of WO 2017/038252, compounds described in paragraph number 0171 of JP 2015-151530, JP 2011-252065 described in paragraphs 0162 to 0183 Compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2003-081972, compounds described in Patent No. 5299151, compounds described in JP-A-2015-172732, compounds described in JP-A-2014-199308, JP Compounds described in 2014-085562, compounds described in JP-A-2014-035351, compounds described in JP-A-2008-081565, compounds described in JP-A-2019-109512, JP-A-2019- Compounds described in 133154, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds having a thiol linking group described in WO 2020/002106, benzimidazolone compounds described in JP 2018-168244 or salts thereof. .
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対し、1質量部~30質量部が好ましく、3質量部~20質量部がより好ましい。また、顔料誘導体と着色剤との合計の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、35質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上がより好ましく、45質量%以上が更に好ましく、50質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、65質量%以下がより好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 45% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. Preferably, 50% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
<ポリアルキレンイミン>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば顔料の分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、硬化性組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーであって、第二級アミノ基を少なくとも有するポリマーである。ポリアルキレンイミンは、第二級アミノ基の他に、第一級アミノ基、又は、第三級アミノ基を含んでいてもよい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、第一級アミノ基と、第二級アミノ基と、第三級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は、2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2又は3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
<Polyalkyleneimine>
Curable compositions according to the present disclosure may also contain polyalkyleneimines. Polyalkyleneimines are used, for example, as dispersing aids for pigments. A dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment in the curable composition. A polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine and has at least a secondary amino group. The polyalkyleneimine may contain primary amino groups or tertiary amino groups in addition to secondary amino groups. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure each containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, still more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
 ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100,000以下であることが好ましく、50,000以下であることがより好ましく、10,000以下であることが更に好ましく、2,000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. Regarding the value of the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine, when the molecular weight can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. When the boiling point elevation method cannot be used or the measurement is difficult, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. In addition, when measurement by the viscosity method is not possible or measurement by the viscosity method is difficult, the value of the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
 ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は、5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
 アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミン又はプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, 2,3-butyleneimine, etc., preferably ethyleneimine or propyleneimine, more preferably ethyleneimine. preferable. It is particularly preferred that the polyalkyleneimine is polyethyleneimine. In addition, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, of the primary amino group with respect to the total of the primary amino group, the secondary amino group and the tertiary amino group. , more preferably 30 mol % or more. Commercial products of polyethyleneimine include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, P-1000 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、0.1質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、1質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、4質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5質量部~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることがより好ましく、1質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、8質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. Also, the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one kind of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<硬化促進剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、硬化促進剤を含有することができる。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/056189号の段落番号0094~0097に記載の化合物、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246~0253に記載の化合物、特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186~0251に記載の化合物、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071~0080に記載の化合物、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物、特許第5765059号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載のカルボキシ基含有エポキシ硬化剤などが挙げられる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3質量%~8.9質量%であることが好ましく、0.8質量%~6.4質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Curing accelerator>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator. Curing accelerators include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds and the like. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0094 to 0097 of WO 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP 2015-034963, JP 2013-041165 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0186 to 0251 of the publication, ionic compounds described in JP 2014-055114, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0071 to 0080 of JP 2012-150180, JP 2011-253054 Alkoxysilane compounds having an epoxy group described in JP-A-2005-200157, compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, and carboxy group-containing epoxy curing agents described in JP-A-2017-036379. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass. preferable.
<赤外線吸収剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含有することができる。例えば、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて赤外線透過フィルタを形成する場合においては、硬化性組成物中に赤外線吸収剤を含有させることで得られる膜について透過させる光の波長をより長波長側にシフトさせることができる。赤外線吸収剤は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aは、0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。
<Infrared absorber>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent. For example, in the case of forming an infrared transmission filter using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by including an infrared absorbing agent in the curable composition is set to a longer wavelength. can be shifted to the side. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 nm or more and 1800 nm or less. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength of the infrared absorbent is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less. .
 赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。ピロロピロール化合物としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、特許6197940号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。クロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-082029号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。イミニウム化合物としては、例えば、特表2008-528706号公報に記載の化合物、特開2012-012399号公報に記載の化合物、特開2007-092060号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/043564号の段落番号0048~0063に記載の化合物が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071486号に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071470号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物が挙げられる。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ジチオレン金属錯体としては、特許第5733804号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。金属酸化物としては、例えば、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化アンチモンスズ、酸化亜鉛、Alドープ酸化亜鉛、フッ素ドープ二酸化スズ、ニオブドープ二酸化チタン、酸化タングステンなどが挙げられる。酸化タングステンの詳細については、特開2016-006476号公報の段落番号0080を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。金属ホウ化物としては、ホウ化ランタンなどが挙げられる。ホウ化ランタンの市販品としては、LaB-F(日本新金属(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、金属ホウ化物としては、国際公開第2017/119394号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。酸化インジウムスズの市販品としては、F-ITO(DOWAハイテック(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, and azomethine. compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. As the pyrrolopyrrole compound, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037-0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, WO 2015/166873 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 and the like. Examples of the squarylium compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of WO 2016/181987. Compounds described in, compounds described in JP-A-2015-176046, compounds described in paragraph No. 0072 of WO 2016/190162, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0196 to 0228 of JP-A-2016-074649 , the compound described in paragraph number 0124 of JP 2017-067963, the compound described in WO 2017/135359, the compound described in JP 2017-114956, the compound described in Patent 6197940, Examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/120166. As the cyanine compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP-A-2009-108267, compounds described in paragraphs 0026-0030 of JP-A-2002-194040, and JP-A-2015-172004. The compound, the compound described in JP-A-2015-172102, the compound described in JP-A-2008-088426, the compound described in paragraph number 0090 of WO 2016/190162, JP-A-2017-031394 and the like compounds described in. Examples of croconium compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029. As the iminium compound, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, International Publication No. 2018/043564 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of. Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0029 of JP-A-2013-195480. compounds, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071486, and phthalocyanine compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153. Dithiolene metal complexes include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804. Examples of metal oxides include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide. For details of tungsten oxide, paragraph 0080 of JP-A-2016-006476 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein. Examples of metal borides include lanthanum boride. Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon New Metal Co., Ltd.). Moreover, as a metal boride, the compound as described in international publication 2017/119394 can also be used. Commercially available products of indium tin oxide include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
 また、赤外線吸収剤としては、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の非対称型の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載されたピロール環含有化合物(カルバゾール型)、特許第6251530号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2021/049441号の段落番号0144~0146に記載の化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as the infrared absorbing agent, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, the squarylium compound described in WO 2016/154782, and the patent No. 5884953. No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraphs 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047, Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0075 of JP-A-2018-054760, pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0078 to 0082 of JP-A-2018-040955, paragraphs of JP-A-2018-002773 Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in numbers 0043 to 0069, squarylium compounds having an aromatic ring at the amide α-position described in paragraph numbers 0024 to 0086 of JP-A-2018-041047, amides described in JP-A-2017-179131 Linked squarylium compounds, compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole-bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017-068120 Asymmetric compounds described in paragraph numbers 0027 to 0114 of the publication, pyrrole ring-containing compounds (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530, international publication Compounds such as those described in paragraphs 0144-0146 of 2021/049441 can also be used.
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、1質量%~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は2質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は30質量%以下がより好ましく、25質量%以下が更に好ましい。本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。赤外線吸収剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the infrared absorbing agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, still more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less. The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one infrared absorber, or may contain two or more infrared absorbers. When two or more kinds of infrared absorbing agents are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、例えば、UV-503(大東化学(株)製)、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズ、住化ケムテックス(株)製のSumisorbシリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059に記載された化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物、国際公開第2020/137819号に記載されたチオアリール基置換ベンゾトリアゾール型紫外線吸収剤を用いることもできる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, and triazine compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP-A-2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052-0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraph numbers 0317-0317 of JP-A-2013-068814. 0334, and compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available UV absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.), Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF, and Sumisorb series manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd. . Moreover, as a benzotriazole compound, the MYUA series made from Miyoshi oil and fats (Chemical Daily, February 1, 2016) is mentioned. In addition, the ultraviolet absorber is a compound described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of WO 2016/181987, and WO 2020/137819. A thioaryl group-substituted benzotriazole-type ultraviolet absorber described in can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one kind of polymerization inhibitor may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<シランカップリング剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本開示において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基及びエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-502)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-503)等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~15.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~10.0質量%であることがより好ましい。
シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Silane coupling agent>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent. In the present disclosure, a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and capable of forming a siloxane bond by at least one of hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction. Hydrolyzable groups include, for example, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, acyloxy groups and the like, with alkoxy groups being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group and isocyanate group. , phenyl group, etc., and amino group, (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy Propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503), and the like. Further, specific examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A-2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056-0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass. is more preferred.
Only one kind of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<界面活性剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤又はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Surfactant>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. For surfactants, reference can be made to surfactants described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7質量%~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、硬化性組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and has good solubility in the curable composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤、特開2020-008634号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、R-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上、(株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143 and F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560 , F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R-41, R -41-LM, RS-43, R-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH- 40 (manufactured by AGC), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), Futergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM, 710FS , FTX-218 (manufactured by NEOS Corporation) and the like.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えば、メガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 The fluorosurfactant has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and an acrylic compound in which the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes when heat is applied is also suitable. Available. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MegaFac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Mega Fac DS-21.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素化アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant. Such fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本開示で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。 A block polymer can also be used for the fluorine-based surfactant. The fluorosurfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. In addition, fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present disclosure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3,000~50,000であり、例えば、14,000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%は、モル%である。 The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090及び段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 A fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorosurfactant, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.
 また、国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulations to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 or more carbon atoms.
 また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。 It is also preferable to use the fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式(fi-1)中、mは1又は2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1又は2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第一級アンモニウムイオン、第二級アンモニウムイオン、第三級アンモニウムイオン、第四級アンモニウムイオン又はNH を表す。 In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, X a + is a valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH4 + .
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm Wa Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Oil Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ) and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and the like.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, a compound with the following structure can also be used as a silicone-based surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.005質量%~3.0質量%であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and is preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. more preferred. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<酸化防止剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。上述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Antioxidant>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant. Antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite ester compounds, thioether compounds and the like. Any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used as the phenolic compound. Preferred phenolic compounds include hindered phenolic compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position) is preferred. A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable as the above substituent. The antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule. Phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be suitably used as antioxidants. As a phosphorus antioxidant, tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6 -yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl ) oxy]ethyl]amine, ethyl bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, and the like. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) and the like. In addition, antioxidants are compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in WO 2017/006600, compounds described in WO 2017/164024, Compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one kind of antioxidant may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<その他成分>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100℃~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80℃~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure optionally contains sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, A retardant, a leveling agent, a release accelerator, a fragrance, a surface tension modifier, a chain transfer agent, etc.) may be contained. Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. These components are, for example, described in JP 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), JP 2008-250074 paragraph The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. The curable composition according to the present disclosure may also contain latent antioxidants, if desired. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected with a protective group, and is heated at 100°C to 250°C, or at 80°C to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing a protecting group by heating is included. Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1nm~100nmが好ましく、3nm~70nmがより好ましく、5nm~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain metal oxides to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm. Metal oxides may have a core-shell structure. Moreover, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、特開2017-198787号公報の段落番号0036~0037に記載の化合物、特開2017-146350号公報の段落番号0029~0034に記載の化合物、特開2017-129774号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0049~0052に記載の化合物、特開2017-129674号公報の段落番号0031~0034、0058~0059に記載の化合物、特開2017-122803号公報の段落番号0036~0037、0051~0054に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0039に記載の化合物、特開2017-186546号公報の段落番号0034~0047に記載の化合物、特開2015-025116号公報の段落番号0019~0041に記載の化合物、特開2012-145604号公報の段落番号0101~0125に記載の化合物、特開2012-103475号公報の段落番号0018~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-257591号公報の段落番号0015~0018に記載の化合物、特開2011-191483号公報の段落番号0017~0021に記載の化合物、特開2011-145668号公報の段落番号0108~0116に記載の化合物、特開2011-253174号公報の段落番号0103~0153に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver. As the light resistance improver, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 of JP-A-2017-198787, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0029-0034 of JP-A-2017-146350, JP-A-2017-129774 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037, 0049 to 0052 of JP 2017-129674 JP 2017-129674 paragraph numbers 0031 to 0034, 0058 to 0059 compounds described in JP 2017-122803 paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 , compounds described in 0051 to 0054, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0039 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0047 of JP 2017-186546, JP 2015-025116 Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A-2012-145604, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101-0125 of JP-A-2012-103475, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018-0021 of JP-A-2012-103475, in particular Compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0018 of JP 2011-257591, compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0021 of JP 2011-191483, described in paragraphs 0108 to 0116 of JP 2011-145668 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0103 to 0153 of JP-A-2011-253174.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、硬化性組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferred that the curable composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalate. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, in the total amount of the curable composition. , is particularly preferably zero.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本開示に係る硬化性組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない硬化性組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the perspective of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be regulated. In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, when the content of the above compounds is reduced, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (especially perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and salts thereof, And the content of perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to the total solid content of the curable composition It is preferably in the range of 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The curable composition according to the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and salts thereof may be selected. Examples of compounds that can substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl groups. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. Curable compositions according to the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids and salts thereof and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and salts thereof within the maximum permissible range.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物の含水率は、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~1.5質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~1.0質量%の範囲であることが更に好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% to 1.5% by mass, and 0.1% to 1.0% by mass. A range is more preferred. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、環境対応、異物発生の抑制、装置汚染の抑制などの観点から、硬化性組成物中の塩化物イオン量が10,000ppm以下であることが好ましく、1000ppm以下であることがより好ましい。硬化性組成物中の塩化物イオンを上記範囲とするためには、塩化物イオン含有量が少ない原料を使用すること、水洗、イオン交換樹脂、フィルタろ過などで塩化物イオンを除去する方法などが挙げられる。塩化物イオンの測定方法としては公知の方法を使用でき、例えば、イオンクロマトグラフィー、燃焼イオンクロマトグラフィーなどが挙げられる。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (such as flatness) and adjusting the film thickness. The viscosity value can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s, more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s at 25°C. As a method for measuring the viscosity, for example, a cone-plate type viscometer can be used, and the viscosity can be measured in a state where the temperature is adjusted to 25°C.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably has a chloride ion content of 10,000 ppm or less, preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoint of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of device contamination, and the like. is more preferable. In order to make the chloride ions in the curable composition within the above range, the use of raw materials with a low chloride ion content, washing with water, an ion exchange resin, a method of removing chloride ions by filter filtration, etc. mentioned. A known method can be used as a method for measuring chloride ions, and examples thereof include ion chromatography and combustion ion chromatography.
<収容容器>
 硬化性組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や硬化性組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、硬化性組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<Container>
The storage container for the curable composition is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used. In addition, as a storage container, a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resin are used for the purpose of suppressing the contamination of raw materials and curable compositions. It is also preferred to use bottles. Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351. In addition, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the storage stability of the curable composition, and suppressing deterioration of components.
<硬化性組成物の調製方法>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。硬化性組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解及び/又は分散して硬化性組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液又は分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して硬化性組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing curable composition>
A curable composition according to the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned ingredients. In preparing the curable composition, all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the curable composition, or if necessary, each component may be appropriately mixed into two or more solutions or dispersions. A curable composition may be prepared by mixing these liquids at the time of use (at the time of coating).
 また、硬化性組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセス及び分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用できる。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズとしては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼、ガラスまたはそれらの組み合わせを使用できる。また、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用できる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the curable composition. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In pulverizing the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency. Moreover, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-157893 can be preferably used. In the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be made finer in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629. Beads used for dispersion can be zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or combinations thereof. Also, an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can be used. The composition may contain 1 to 10000 ppm of the beads.
 硬化性組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、硬化性組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)及びナイロンが好ましい。 In preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to filter the curable composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (including high-density, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyolefin resin) and other materials. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01μm~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01μm~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05μm~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NIEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006Pなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)及び株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 μm to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, even more preferably 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the pore size value of the filter, reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value. Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers. Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。また組成物の親疎水性に合わせて、適宜フィルタを選択することができる。 When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed. In addition, the filter can be appropriately selected according to the hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity of the composition.
(硬化物、及び、膜)
 本開示に係る硬化物は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化物である。
 本開示に係る膜は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物から得られる膜であり、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜であることが好ましい。本開示に係る膜は、カラーフィルタや赤外線透過フィルタなどの光学フィルタなどに用いることができる。特に具体的には、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、緑色画素、青色画素であることが好ましく、緑色画素であることが更に好ましい。
(Cured product and film)
The cured product according to the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
The film according to the present disclosure is a film obtained from the curable composition according to the present disclosure, and is preferably a film obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure. Films according to the present disclosure can be used in optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels. Green pixels and blue pixels are preferred, and green pixels are more preferred.
 本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できるが、0.1μm~20μmであることが好ましい。膜厚の上限は10μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以下であることが更に好ましく、3μm以下であることが特に好ましく、1.5μm以下であることが最も好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The film thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 μm to 20 μm. The upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 μm or less, still more preferably 5 μm or less, particularly preferably 3 μm or less, and most preferably 1.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 μm or more, still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
(硬化物の製造方法、及び、膜の製造方法)
 本開示に係る硬化物の製造方法、及び、本開示に係る膜の製造方法は、特に制限はないが、本開示に係る硬化性組成物に波長150nm~380nmの光を照射する工程を含むことが好ましく、波長150nm~300nmの光を照射する工程を含むことがより好ましい。
 波長150nm~380nmの光としては、i線(波長365nm)、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられる。
 得られる硬化物の形状は、特に制限はないが、膜状であることが好ましい。
(Method for producing cured product and method for producing film)
The method for producing a cured product according to the present disclosure and the method for producing a film according to the present disclosure are not particularly limited, but include a step of irradiating the curable composition according to the present disclosure with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 380 nm. is preferable, and it is more preferable to include a step of irradiating light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
Light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 380 nm includes i-rays (wavelength: 365 nm), KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), and the like.
The shape of the cured product to be obtained is not particularly limited, but it is preferably in the form of a film.
 本開示に係る膜は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。 The film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a step of applying the curable composition according to the present disclosure to a support. Preferably, the film manufacturing method further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixels). A method for forming the pattern (pixels) includes a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成する工程と、硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、硬化性組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、硬化性組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、及び、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography includes the steps of forming a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, patternwise exposing the curable composition layer, and curable and a step of developing and removing unexposed portions of the composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the curable composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
 硬化性組成物層を形成する工程では、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて、支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層は、本明細書に記載の硬化性組成物から着色剤を除いた組成物や、本明細書記載の樹脂、重合性化合物、界面活性剤などを含む組成物などを用いて形成してもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20°~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30°~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming a curable composition layer, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is used to form a curable composition layer on the support. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. Examples thereof include glass substrates and silicon substrates, and silicon substrates are preferred. Also, a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the silicon substrate. In some cases, the silicon substrate is formed with a black matrix that isolates each pixel. In addition, the silicon substrate may be provided with an underlying layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the substrate surface. The underlayer is formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the curable composition described herein, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described herein. good too. The surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferably 30° to 80° when measured with water.
 硬化性組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(例えば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えば、オンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷法などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。また、硬化性組成物の塗布方法については、国際公開第2017/030174号、国際公開第2017/018419号の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A known method can be used as a method for applying the curable composition. For example, dropping method (drop cast); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); methods described in publications); inkjet (e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. various printing methods; a transfer method using a mold or the like; and a nanoimprint method. The application method for inkjet is not particularly limited. 133 page), and methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, etc. mentioned. In addition, regarding the method of applying the curable composition, the descriptions in WO2017/030174 and WO2017/018419 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 支持体上に形成した硬化性組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40秒~250秒がより好ましく、80秒~220秒が更に好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The curable composition layer formed on the support may be dried (pre-baked). Pre-baking may not be performed when the film is manufactured by a low-temperature process. When pre-baking is performed, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower, more preferably 120° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50° C. or higher, and can also be 80° C. or higher. The prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 次に、硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、硬化性組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the curable composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the curable composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長150nm~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm) can also be used. Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred. A long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, when exposing, the light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or may be irradiated and exposed in pulses (pulse exposure). Note that pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and rest in short-time (for example, millisecond level or less) cycles.
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03J/cm~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05J/cm~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、又は、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、又は、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、又は、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The dose (exposure dose) is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be selected as appropriate. The exposure may be performed under an oxygen-free atmosphere, or under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (eg, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). can be done. The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the illuminance may be 10000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and 20000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
 次に、硬化性組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。硬化性組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の硬化性組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20℃~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20秒~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portions of the curable composition layer are removed by development to form a pattern (pixels). The development and removal of the unexposed portion of the curable composition layer can be performed using a developer. As a result, the curable composition layer in the unexposed area in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured area. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20° C. to 30° C., for example. The development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面及び安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、更に界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5倍~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の硬化性組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の硬化性組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 The developer includes an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene, etc. Examples include organic alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. A compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass. Moreover, the developer may further contain a surfactant. From the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience, the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 times to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinse liquid to the curable composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the curable composition layer after development is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery, the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed. A similar effect can be obtained by gradually decreasing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100℃~240℃が好ましく、200℃~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing and heat processing (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), or a high-frequency heater so that the developed film satisfies the above conditions. . When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for exposure preferably has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Also, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成し、この硬化性組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Pattern formation by a dry etching method forms a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, and the entire curable composition layer is cured to form a cured product layer. a step of forming a photoresist layer on the cured product layer; a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing it to form a resist pattern; and a cured product layer using the resist pattern as a mask. and dry etching using an etching gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-baking process. In particular, as the formation process of the photoresist layer, a mode in which heat treatment after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed is desirable. Regarding pattern formation by a dry etching method, descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A-2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
(光学素子)
 本開示に係る光学素子は、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 光学素子としては、光学フィルタ、レンズ、プリズム、反射鏡、回折格子等が挙げられる。中でも、光学フィルタが好ましく挙げられる。
 光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その着色画素として本開示に係る膜を有することが好ましい。
(optical element)
An optical element according to the present disclosure has a film according to the present disclosure.
Optical elements include optical filters, lenses, prisms, reflectors, diffraction gratings, and the like. Among them, an optical filter is preferable.
Types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. A color filter preferably has a film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
 光学フィルタにおいて本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。
膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。
In the optical filter, the film thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less.
The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 光学フィルタに含まれる画素の幅は0.4μm~10.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.4μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.5μm以上であることが更に好ましく、0.6μm以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、5.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、2.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、1.0μm以下であることが特に好ましく、0.8μm以下であることが最も好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は0.5GPa~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5GPa~15GPaがより好ましい。 The width of pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 μm to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.4 μm or more, still more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 5.0 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 1.0 μm or less, and most preferably 0.8 μm or less. Also, the Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
 光学フィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50°~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 Each pixel included in the optical filter preferably has high flatness. Specifically, the pixel surface roughness Ra is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of a pixel can be measured using, for example, AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco. Also, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be appropriately set to a preferable value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Moreover, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω·cm or more, more preferably 10 11 Ω·cm or more. Although the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 Ω·cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest).
 光学フィルタにおいては、本開示に係る膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01μm~10μmが好ましく、0.1μm~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In an optical filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure. By providing the protective layer, it is possible to impart various functions such as blocking oxygen, reducing reflection, making the film hydrophilic and hydrophobic, and blocking light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.). The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm. Examples of the method of forming the protective layer include a method of applying a protective layer-forming composition, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of adhering a molded resin with an adhesive. Components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, and polyimides. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Resins, polycarbonate resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, cellulose resins, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended to block oxygen, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 . In the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、1質量%~60質量%が更に好ましい。 The protective layer may optionally contain organic/inorganic particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index modifiers, antioxidants, adhesion agents, additives such as surfactants. may contain. Examples of organic/inorganic particles include polymeric particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, and titanium oxynitride. , magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and the like. A known absorber can be used as the absorber for light of a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Further, as the protective layer, the protective layers described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP-A-2017-151176 can also be used.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
(イメージセンサ)
 本開示に係るイメージセンサは、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 イメージセンサとしては、固体撮像素子、X線撮像素子、有機薄膜撮像素子等が挙げられる。中でも、固体撮像素子に好適に用いることができる。
 本開示に係る固体撮像素子は、本開示に係る膜を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
(image sensor)
An image sensor according to the present disclosure has a membrane according to the present disclosure.
Image sensors include solid-state imaging devices, X-ray imaging devices, organic thin-film imaging devices, and the like. Among them, it can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging device.
A solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure includes a film according to the present disclosure. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等で形成される転送電極を有し、フォトダイオード及び転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等で形成されるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。
また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本開示に係る固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。
Transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like, and a plurality of photodiodes forming a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) on a substrate. A light-shielding film is provided on the photodiode and the transfer electrode so that only the light-receiving portion of the photodiode is opened. It has a device protective film with a thickness of 1.5 mm, and has a color filter on the device protective film. Furthermore, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same shall apply hereinafter) on the device protective film and below the color filter (on the side close to the substrate), or a configuration having a condensing means on the color filter, etc. There may be.
Moreover, the color filter may have a structure in which each color pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each color pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478, JP-A-2014-179577, and International Publication No. 2018/043654. Further, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-211559, an ultraviolet absorption layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging device to improve light resistance. An imaging device equipped with a solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure can be used not only for digital cameras and electronic devices (mobile phones, etc.) having an imaging function, but also for vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
(画像表示装置)
 本開示に係る画像表示装置は、本開示に係る膜を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本開示が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
(Image display device)
An image display device according to the present disclosure includes a film according to the present disclosure. Examples of image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. For a definition of an image display device and details of each image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Device (by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, 1990)", "Display Device (by Junsho Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho ( Co., Ltd.) issued in 1989). Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure can be applied. For example, the present disclosure can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "next generation liquid crystal display technology".
(式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤)
 本開示に係るラジカル重合開始剤は、下記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である。
 本開示に係るラジカル重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、波長150nm~300nmの光によりラジカルを発生する光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましい。
(Radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1)
The radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 below.
The radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator, and more preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals by light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式1中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR11又は-NR1213を表し、Yは2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。 In Formula 1, Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13 , Y 1 represents a divalent linking group, and R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. and R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 本開示に係るラジカル重合開始剤における式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の好ましい態様は、硬化性組成物において上述した式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の好ましい態様と同様である。 A preferred embodiment of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 in the radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 described above in the curable composition.
(式2で表される化合物)
 本開示に係る化合物は、下記式2で表される化合物であり、新規な化合物である。
(Compound represented by Formula 2)
The compound according to the present disclosure is a compound represented by Formula 2 below and is a novel compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式2中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR24又は-NR2526を表し、Yは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R21~R26はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R25とR26とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表す。 In Formula 2, Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 2 represents —OR 24 or —NR 25 R 26 , Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1-3.
 本開示に係る化合物における式2で表される化合物の好ましい態様は、硬化性組成物において上述した式2で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の好ましい態様と同様である。 Preferred aspects of the compound represented by Formula 2 in the compound according to the present disclosure are the same as preferred aspects of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 2 described above in the curable composition.
 上記式2で表される化合物は、下記式3A又は式3Bで表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula 2 above is preferably a compound represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式3A又は式3B中、Xは-OR34又は-NR3536を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R31はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R32~R36はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R35とR36とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、R39はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す。 In Formula 3A or Formula 3B, X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36 , Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-, R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, R 39 each independently represents a substituent, and m represents an integer of 0-2.
 本開示に係る化合物における式3A又は式3Bで表される化合物の好ましい態様はそれぞれ、硬化性組成物において上述した式3A又は式3Bで表されるラジカル重合開始剤の好ましい態様と同様である。 Preferred aspects of the compound represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B in the compound according to the present disclosure are respectively the same as preferred aspects of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B described above in the curable composition.
 上記式2で表される化合物は、下記式4で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula 2 above is particularly preferably a compound represented by Formula 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式4中、Xは-OR44又は-NR4546を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R41はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R42~R46はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R45とR46とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-CR4748-、-O-、-S-又は-NR49-を表し、R47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、pは0又は1を表し、qは0~2の整数を表し、Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基又は-C(=O)Zを表し、Zは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In Formula 4, X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46 , Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—, R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —, and each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group , p represents 0 or 1, q represents an integer of 0 to 2, Z 1 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group or -C (= O) Z 2 , and Z 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 本開示に係る化合物における式4で表される化合物の好ましい態様は、硬化性組成物において上述した式4で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の好ましい態様と同様である。 Preferred aspects of the compound represented by formula 4 in the compound according to the present disclosure are the same as preferred aspects of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula 4 described above in the curable composition.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本開示を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本開示における趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本開示の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。以下に示す構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。また、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。
 なお、実施例で使用する光ラジカル重合開始剤A-1~A-112は、式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の具体例として上述したA-1~A-112とそれぞれ同じ化合物である。
EXAMPLES The present disclosure will be described more specifically with reference to examples below. Materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present disclosure. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In the structural formulas shown below, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In the present examples, "%" and "parts" mean "% by mass" and "parts by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified.
The radical photopolymerization initiators A-1 to A-112 used in the examples are the same compounds as A-1 to A-112 described above as specific examples of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1. .
<合成例1:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-1の合成方法>
 3つ口フラスコにα-テトラロン14.6gを加え、テトラヒドロフラン300mLに溶解させた。これを5℃に冷却したのちナトリウムメトキシド28%メタノール溶液を19.3gゆっくり滴下し更に30分撹拌した。この反応液にヨウ化メチル14.1gをゆっくり滴下し、更に5℃で5時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出し水で洗浄し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して濃縮した。得られた混合物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=10/1)で精製することで2-メチル-α-テトラロンを12.3gで得た(77%収率)。
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-1>
14.6 g of α-tetralone was added to a three-necked flask and dissolved in 300 mL of tetrahydrofuran. After cooling to 5° C., 19.3 g of a 28% methanol solution of sodium methoxide was slowly added dropwise, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. 14.1 g of methyl iodide was slowly added dropwise to this reaction solution, and the mixture was further stirred at 5°C for 5 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained mixture was purified by column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1) to obtain 12.3 g of 2-methyl-α-tetralone (77% yield).
 上記で得られた2-メチル-α-テトラロン12.3gを酢酸200mLに溶解し、室温(25℃、以下同様)下で臭素12.3gを1時間かけて滴下し、更に室温下で5時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出しチオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液と、水で洗浄し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して濃縮した。得られた混合物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=10/1)で精製することで2-ブロモ-2-メチル-α-テトラロンを13.6gで得た(74%収率)。 12.3 g of 2-methyl-α-tetralone obtained above was dissolved in 200 mL of acetic acid, 12.3 g of bromine was added dropwise at room temperature (25° C., hereinafter the same) over 1 hour, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Stirred. The resulting reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with an aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and water, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained mixture was purified by column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1) to obtain 13.6 g of 2-bromo-2-methyl-α-tetralone (74% yield).
 2-ブロモ-2-メチル-α-テトラロン13.6gをテトラヒドロフラン120mLに溶解してナトリウムメトキシド28%メタノール溶液10.9gを添加し60℃で2時間攪拌したのち反応溶液の揮発分を留去した。得られた残留物をトルエン100mLに溶解させて水洗後。硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥して有機相の溶媒を留去した。得られた残留物にジメチルアミンの10%テトラヒドロフラン溶液を100mL加え撹拌しながらこの溶液に無水リチウムパークロレート10.5gを加え、60℃に昇温した。更に窒素下60℃で6時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出し水で洗浄し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して濃縮した。得られた混合物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=4/1)で精製することで光ラジカル重合開始剤A-1を7.5gで得た(64%収率)。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.58(s,3H)、1.8(m,2H)、2.26(s,6H)、2.8(m,2H)、7.1-7.5(m,3H)、7.83(d,1H)
13.6 g of 2-bromo-2-methyl-α-tetralone was dissolved in 120 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 10.9 g of a 28% methanol solution of sodium methoxide was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. bottom. After dissolving the obtained residue in 100 mL of toluene and washing with water. After drying with sodium sulfate, the organic phase was evaporated. 100 mL of a 10% tetrahydrofuran solution of dimethylamine was added to the obtained residue, and 10.5 g of anhydrous lithium perchlorate was added to the solution with stirring, and the temperature was raised to 60°C. Further, the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 6 hours under nitrogen. The resulting reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained mixture was purified by column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=4/1) to obtain 7.5 g of radical photopolymerization initiator A-1 (64% yield).
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 1.58 (s, 3H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 7.1-7.5 (m, 3H), 7.83 (d, 1H)
<合成例2:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-6の合成方法>
 合成例1において2-メチル-α-テトラロンを6-クロロ-3-メチルチオクロマン-4-オンに変え、ジメチルアミンをモルホリンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-6を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.63(s,3H)、2.7(m,4H)、2.85(d,1H)、3.10(d,1H)、3.6(m,4H)、7.1-7.5(m,2H)、7.78(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-6>
Photoradical polymerization initiator A-6 was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 2-methyl-α-tetralone was changed to 6-chloro-3-methylthiochroman-4-one and dimethylamine was changed to morpholine. bottom.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 1.63 (s, 3H), 2.7 (m, 4H), 2.85 (d, 1H), 3.10 (d, 1H), 3.6 (m, 4H ), 7.1-7.5 (m, 2H), 7.78 (s, 1H)
<合成例3:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-15の合成方法>
 3つ口フラスコに6-クロロ-チオクロマン-4-オン19.8gを加え、酢酸300mLに溶解し、室温下で臭素16.3gを1時間かけて滴下し、更に室温下で5時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出しチオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液と、水で洗浄し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して濃縮した。得られた混合物をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=8/1)で精製することで3-ブロモ-6-クロロチオクロマンー4オンを23.4gで得た(85%収率)
 上記で得られた3-ブロモ-6-クロロチオクロマンー4オン23.4gをテトラヒドロフラン200mLに溶解し、0℃に冷却した。これにジメチルアミンの10%テトラヒドロフラン溶液を50mLを30分かけて滴下し、0℃で4時間攪拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出し、水で洗浄し、有機相を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥して濃縮した。得られた混合物をメタノールで再結晶し精製することで6-クロロ-3-(ジメチルアミノ)チオクロマン-4-オンを14.2gで得た(69%収率)。
 上記で得られた6-クロロ-3-(ジメチルアミノ)チオクロマン-4-オン14.2gをN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド200mLに溶解し50℃に加温した。これに水酸化ナトリウム3.5gを加え続いてp-キシリルブロミド13.0gを加えて50℃で6時間加熱攪拌した。得られた反応液を純水1Lに加えて晶析しろ過することで白色固体を得た。これをメタノール200mLで再結晶し精製することで光ラジカル重合開始剤A-15を10.3gで得た(51%収率)。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=2.19(s,3H)、2.26(s,6H)、2.85(d,1H)、2.95(dd,4H)、3.10(d,1H)、3.6(m,4H)、7.00(d、2H)、7.06(d,2H)、7.38(d,1H)、7.54(d,1H)、7.78(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-15>
19.8 g of 6-chloro-thiochroman-4-one was added to a three-necked flask, dissolved in 300 mL of acetic acid, 16.3 g of bromine was added dropwise at room temperature over 1 hour, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with an aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and water, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting mixture was purified by column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate = 8/1) to obtain 23.4 g of 3-bromo-6-chlorothiochroman-4one (85% yield).
23.4 g of 3-bromo-6-chlorothiochroman-4one obtained above was dissolved in 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran and cooled to 0°C. 50 mL of a 10% tetrahydrofuran solution of dimethylamine was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained mixture was recrystallized with methanol and purified to obtain 14.2 g of 6-chloro-3-(dimethylamino)thiochroman-4-one (69% yield).
14.2 g of 6-chloro-3-(dimethylamino)thiochroman-4-one obtained above was dissolved in 200 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide and heated to 50°C. To this, 3.5 g of sodium hydroxide was added, followed by 13.0 g of p-xylyl bromide, followed by heating and stirring at 50° C. for 6 hours. The resulting reaction solution was added to 1 L of pure water, crystallized, and filtered to obtain a white solid. This was recrystallized with 200 mL of methanol and purified to obtain 10.3 g of radical photopolymerization initiator A-15 (51% yield).
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.85 (d, 1H), 2.95 (dd, 4H), 3.10 (d, 1H) ), 3.6 (m, 4H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H)
<合成例4:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-22の合成方法>
 合成例3において6-クロロ-チオクロマン-4-オンを2,3--ジヒドロ-1H-ベンゾ[f]チオクロマン-1-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-22を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=2.21(s,3H)、2.29(s,6H)、2.85(d,1H)、2.95(dd,4H)、3.10(d,1H)、3.6(m,4H)、7.05(d、2H)、7.11(d,2H)、7.2-7.8(m,5H)、8.75(d,1H)
<Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-22>
Photoradical polymerization initiator A-22 was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3 except that 6-chloro-thiochroman-4-one was changed to 2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[f]thiochroman-1-one. Synthesized.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 6H), 2.85 (d, 1H), 2.95 (dd, 4H), 3.10 (d, 1H) ), 3.6 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 7.2-7.8 (m, 5H), 8.75 (d, 1H)
<合成例5:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-32の合成方法>
 合成例2において6-クロロ-3-メチルチオクロマン-4-オンを5-((4-ベンゾイルフェニル)チオ)-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-32を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.59(s,3H)、2.7(m,5H)、2.87(d,1H)、3.6(m,4H)、7.1-7.9(m,12H)
<Synthesis Example 5: Method for synthesizing radical photopolymerization initiator A-32>
The same method except that 6-chloro-3-methylthiochroman-4-one in Synthesis Example 2 was changed to 5-((4-benzoylphenyl)thio)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-one A photoradical polymerization initiator A-32 was synthesized.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 1.59 (s, 3H), 2.7 (m, 5H), 2.87 (d, 1H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 7.1-7.9 (m, 12H)
<合成例6:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-46の合成方法>
 合成例1において2-メチル-α-テトラロンをN-エチル-9-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-1,6-ジヒドロシクロペンタ[c]カルバゾール-3(2H)-オンに変え、ヨウ化メチルをヨウ化エチルに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-46を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.89(t,3H)、1.37(t,3H)、1.52(q,2H)、2.26(s,6H)、2.48(s,3H)、2.62(d,1H)、2.80(d,1H)、4.33(q,2H)、7.1-7.9(m,6H)、8.17(d,1H)、8.32(d,1H)、8.49(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-46>
In Synthesis Example 1, 2-methyl-α-tetralone was changed to N-ethyl-9-(2-methylbenzoyl)-1,6-dihydrocyclopenta[c]carbazol-3(2H)-one, and methyl iodide was Photoradical polymerization initiator A-46 was synthesized in the same manner except that ethyl iodide was used.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 0.89 (t, 3H), 1.37 (t, 3H), 1.52 (q, 2H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.48 (s, 3H ), 2.62 (d, 1H), 2.80 (d, 1H), 4.33 (q, 2H), 7.1-7.9 (m, 6H), 8.17 (d, 1H) , 8.32(d, 1H), 8.49(s, 1H)
<合成例7:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-49の合成方法>
 合成例2において6-クロロ-3-メチルチオクロマン-4-オンをN-エチル-9-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-1,6-ジヒドロシクロペンタ[c]カルバゾール-3(2H)-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-49を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.37(t,3H)、1.59(s,3H)、2.48(s,3H)、2.62(d,1H)、2.7(m,4H)、2.80(d,1H)、3.6(m,4H)、4.33(q,2H)、7.1-7.9(m,6H)、8.18(d,1H)、8.34(d,1H)、8.51(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-49>
In Synthesis Example 2, 6-chloro-3-methylthiochroman-4-one was replaced with N-ethyl-9-(2-methylbenzoyl)-1,6-dihydrocyclopenta[c]carbazol-3(2H)-one. Photoradical polymerization initiator A-49 was synthesized in the same manner except for the above.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 1.37 (t, 3H), 1.59 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.62 (d, 1H), 2.7 (m, 4H ), 2.80 (d, 1H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 4.33 (q, 2H), 7.1-7.9 (m, 6H), 8.18 (d, 1H) , 8.34(d, 1H), 8.51(s, 1H)
<合成例8:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-64の合成方法>
 合成例1において2-メチル-α-テトラロンをN-エチル-11-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-オキセピノ[3,2-c]カルバゾール-5(8H)-オンに変え、ヨウ化メチルをヨウ化エチルに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-64を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.87(t,3H)、1.37(t,3H)、1.51(q,2H)、2.28(s,6H)、2.48(s,3H)、3.7-4.1(m,4H)、4.38(q,2H)、7.1-7.9(m,6H)、8.15(d,1H)、8.33(d,1H)、8.47(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-64>
In Synthesis Example 1, 2-methyl-α-tetralone was converted to N-ethyl-11-(2-methylbenzoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one. A radical photopolymerization initiator A-64 was synthesized in the same manner, except that methyl iodide was changed to ethyl iodide.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 0.87 (t, 3H), 1.37 (t, 3H), 1.51 (q, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.48 (s, 3H ), 3.7-4.1 (m, 4H), 4.38 (q, 2H), 7.1-7.9 (m, 6H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.33 ( d, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H)
<合成例9:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-68の合成方法>
 合成例8においてN-エチル-11-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-オキセピノ[3,2-c]カルバゾール-5(8H)-オンをN-エチル-11-ニトロ-3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-オキセピノ[3,2-c]カルバゾール-5(8H)-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-68を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.88(t,3H)、1.38(t,3H)、1.49(q,2H)、2.31(s,6H)、2.42(s,3H)、3.7-4.1(m,4H)、4.35(q,2H)、7.49(d,1H)、7.97(d,1H)、8.2(m,2H)、8.99(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-68>
In Synthesis Example 8, N-ethyl-11-(2-methylbenzoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one was converted to N-ethyl-11-nitro- Photoradical polymerization initiator A-68 was synthesized in the same manner except that 3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one was used.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 0.88 (t, 3H), 1.38 (t, 3H), 1.49 (q, 2H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 2.42 (s, 3H ), 3.7-4.1 (m, 4H), 4.35 (q, 2H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 8.2 (m, 2H) , 8.99(s, 1H)
<合成例10:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-92の合成方法>
 合成例8においてN-エチル-11-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-オキセピノ[3,2-c]カルバゾール-5(8H)-オンを7-(4-(2-メチルベンゾイル)フェニル)-3,4-ジヒドロベンゾ[b]オキセピン-5(2H)-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-92を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.88(t,3H)、1.49(q,2H)、2.31(s,6H)、2.42(s,3H)、3.7-4.1(m,4H)、7.1-7.8(m,9H)、8.32(d,1H)、8.54(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis method of radical photopolymerization initiator A-92>
In Synthesis Example 8, N-ethyl-11-(2-methylbenzoyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-oxepino[3,2-c]carbazol-5(8H)-one was converted to 7-(4-(2- A radical photopolymerization initiator A-92 was synthesized in the same manner except that methylbenzoyl)phenyl)-3,4-dihydrobenzo[b]oxepin-5(2H)-one was used.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 0.88 (t, 3H), 1.49 (q, 2H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 3.7-4.1 (m, 4H), 7.1-7.8 (m, 9H), 8.32 (d, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H)
<合成例11:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-103の合成方法>
 合成例2において6-クロロ-3-メチルチオクロマン-4-オンを7-ブロモ-9,9-ジプロピル-3,9-ジヒドロシクロペンタ[b]フルオレン-1(2H)-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-103を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.89(t,6H)、1.35(m、4H)、1.63(s,3H)、1.83(t、4H)、2.7(m,4H)、2.85(d,1H)、3.10(d,1H)、3.6(m,4H)、7.5-7.8(m,3H)、7.79(s,1H)、8.18(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 11: Method for synthesizing radical photopolymerization initiator A-103>
except that 6-chloro-3-methylthiochroman-4-one in Synthesis Example 2 was changed to 7-bromo-9,9-dipropyl-3,9-dihydrocyclopenta[b]fluoren-1(2H)-one Photoradical polymerization initiator A-103 was synthesized in a similar manner.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 0.89 (t, 6H), 1.35 (m, 4H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.83 (t, 4H), 2.7 (m, 4H ), 2.85 (d, 1H), 3.10 (d, 1H), 3.6 (m, 4H), 7.5-7.8 (m, 3H), 7.79 (s, 1H) , 8.18(s, 1H)
<合成例12:光ラジカル重合開始剤A-109の合成方法>
 合成例6においてN-エチル-9-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-1,6-ジヒドロシクロペンタ[c]カルバゾール-3(2H)-オンを9,9-ジメチル-7-ニトロ-3,9-ジヒドロシクロペンタ[b]フルオレン-1(2H)-オンに変えた以外は同様の方法で光ラジカル重合開始剤A-109を合成した。
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.89(t,3H)、1.52(q,2H)、1.69(s,6H)、2.26(s,6H)、2.62(d,1H)、2.80(d,1H)、7.84(s,1H)、8.2-8.4(m,3H)、8.48(s,1H)
<Synthesis Example 12: Method for synthesizing radical photopolymerization initiator A-109>
In Synthesis Example 6, N-ethyl-9-(2-methylbenzoyl)-1,6-dihydrocyclopenta[c]carbazol-3(2H)-one was converted to 9,9-dimethyl-7-nitro-3,9- Photoradical polymerization initiator A-109 was synthesized in the same manner except that dihydrocyclopenta[b]fluoren-1(2H)-one was used.
1 H NMR (400 MHz) δ = 0.89 (t, 3H), 1.52 (q, 2H), 1.69 (s, 6H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 2.62 (d, 1H ), 2.80 (d, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 8.2-8.4 (m, 3H), 8.48 (s, 1H)
<合成例12~112:上述した以外の光ラジカル重合開始剤の合成方法>
 原料等を変更した以外は、合成例1と類似の方法により、光ラジカル重合開始剤A-2~A-5、A-7~A-14、A-16~A-21、A-23~A-31、A-33~A-45、A-47、A-48、A-50~A-63、A-65~A-67、A-69~A-91、A-93~A-102、A-104~A-108、及び、A-110~A-112をそれぞれ得た。
<Synthesis Examples 12 to 112: Methods for synthesizing photoradical polymerization initiators other than those described above>
Photoradical polymerization initiators A-2 to A-5, A-7 to A-14, A-16 to A-21, A-23 to A-31, A-33 to A-45, A-47, A-48, A-50 to A-63, A-65 to A-67, A-69 to A-91, A-93 to A- 102, A-104 to A-108, and A-110 to A-112, respectively.
<分散液の製造>
 下記表1に記載の原料を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.1mm径)を用いて3時間混合及び分散した。次いで、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて圧力2,000kg/cm及び流量500g/minの条件の下、分散処理を行った。この分散処理を全10回繰り返して、分散液を得た。下記表1に記載の配合量を示す数値は質量部である。なお、分散剤の配合量の数値は、固形分換算での数値である。
<Production of dispersion liquid>
A mixed liquid obtained by mixing raw materials shown in Table 1 below was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1 mm). Then, dispersion treatment was carried out using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a pressure reduction mechanism under conditions of a pressure of 2,000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersing treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a dispersion. Numerical values indicating the compounding amounts shown in Table 1 below are parts by mass. In addition, the numerical value of the compounding quantity of a dispersing agent is a numerical value in solid content conversion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
 上記分散液の処方を示す表1中の略語で示す素材の詳細は、下記の通りである。 The details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in Table 1 showing the formulation of the dispersion liquid are as follows.
<着色剤>
 PR264:C.I.Pigment Red 264[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR254:C.I.Pigment Red 254[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR291:C.I.Pigment Red 291[臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PO71:C.I.Pigment Orange 71[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、オレンジ顔料(O顔料)]
 PG36:C.I.Pigment Green 36[銅フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PG58:C.I.Pigment Green 58[亜鉛フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PY129:C.I.Pigment Yellow 129[アゾメチン銅錯体、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY185:C.I.Pigment Yellow 185[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY215:C.I.Pigment Yellow 215[プリテジン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PB16:C.I.Pigment Blue 16[無金属フタロシアニン化合物、青色顔料(B顔料)]
 PB15:6:C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6[銅フタロシアニン錯体、青色顔料(B顔料)]
 IR色素:下記構造の化合物(近赤外線吸収顔料、下記構造式中、Meはメチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。)
<Colorant>
PR264: C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR291: C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 [brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PO71: C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, orange pigment (O pigment)]
PG36: C.I. I. Pigment Green 36 [copper phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PG58: C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PY129: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY185: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY215: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 215 [pretedin compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PB16: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 16 [metal-free phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment (B pigment)]
PB15:6: C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 [copper phthalocyanine complex, blue pigment (B pigment)]
IR dye: a compound having the following structure (near-infrared absorbing pigment, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group and Ph represents a phenyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 TiBk:チタンブラック[黒色顔料(Bk顔料)]
 酸窒化Zr:酸窒化ジルコニウム[黒色顔料(Bk顔料)]
TiBk: Titanium black [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
Zr oxynitride: zirconium oxynitride [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
<顔料誘導体>
 PD-1:下記化合物
 PD-2:下記化合物
<Pigment derivative>
PD-1: the following compound PD-2: the following compound
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
<分散剤>
 P-1:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアクリレート(PGMEA)溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:20,000。
<Dispersant>
P-1: 30 mass % propylene glycol monomethyl ether acrylate (PGMEA) solution of resin having the following structure. The numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 20,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 P-2:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:28,000。式中、r=15、s=63、t=5、u=17、n=9である。 P-2: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure. The numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 28,000. where r=15, s=63, t=5, u=17 and n=9.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 P-3:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:21,000。 P-3: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure. The numerical value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 21,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 P-4:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:9,000。 P-4: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure. The numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 9,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 P-5:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:10,000。 P-5: 30% by mass PGMEA solution of resin having the following structure. The numerical value attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 10,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
<溶剤>
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-3:シクロヘキサノン
<Solvent>
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-3: Cyclohexanone
<硬化性組成物の製造>
 下記表2~表5に記載の分散液と、下記表2~表5に記載の樹脂と、下記表2~表5に記載の重合性化合物と、下記表2~表5に記載のラジカル重合開始剤と、下記表2~表5に記載の溶剤と、エポキシ化合物(EHPE-3150、(株)ダイセル製)の1質量部と、紫外線吸収剤(TINUVIN326、BASF社製)の1質量部と、以下に示す界面活性剤1の1質量部と、重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール)の0.1質量部とを混合して、各実施例比較例の硬化性組成物をそれぞれ作製した。
<Production of curable composition>
Dispersions described in Tables 2 to 5 below, resins described in Tables 2 to 5 below, polymerizable compounds described in Tables 2 to 5 below, and radical polymerization described in Tables 2 to 5 below An initiator, a solvent described in Tables 2 to 5 below, 1 part by mass of an epoxy compound (EHPE-3150, manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), and 1 part by mass of an ultraviolet absorber (TINUVIN326, manufactured by BASF). , 1 part by mass of Surfactant 1 shown below and 0.1 part by mass of a polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol) were mixed to prepare a curable composition of each Example and Comparative Example.
 界面活性剤1:KF-6001(信越化学工業製)の1質量%PGMEA溶液。 Surfactant 1: 1% by mass PGMEA solution of KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
 上述した以外の、上記硬化性組成物の処方を示す表2~表5中の略語で示す素材の詳細は、下記の通りである。 Details of materials other than those described above, which are indicated by abbreviations in Tables 2 to 5 showing the formulation of the curable composition, are as follows.
<樹脂>
 Ba-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量11,000)
<Resin>
Ba-1: resin having the following structure (numerical values attached to the main chain are molar ratios; weight average molecular weight: 11,000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 a-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量15,000) a-2: resin with the following structure (numerical values attached to the main chain are molar ratios; weight average molecular weight: 15,000)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 Ba-3:カルド樹脂V-259ME (新日鐵住金(株)製) Ba-3: cardo resin V-259ME (manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal Corporation)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
<重合性化合物>
 D-1:KAYARAD DPHA(6官能アクリレート化合物、日本化薬(株)製)
 D-2:NKエステル A-DPH-12E(エチレンオキサイド(EO)変性6官能アクリレート化合物、新中村化学工業(株)製)
 D-3:NKエステル A-TMMT(4官能アクリレート化合物、新中村化学工業(株)製)
 D-4:アロニックスM-510(3~4官能アクリレート化合物、東亞合成(株)製)
 D-5:ライトアクリレートDCP-A(2官能脂環式アクリレート化合物、共栄社化学(株)製)
<Polymerizable compound>
D-1: KAYARAD DPHA (hexafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
D-2: NK ester A-DPH-12E (ethylene oxide (EO)-modified hexafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
D-3: NK ester A-TMMT (tetrafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
D-4: Aronix M-510 (3- to 4-functional acrylate compound, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
D-5: Light acrylate DCP-A (bifunctional alicyclic acrylate compound, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<光重合開始剤>
 a-1:IRGACURE OXE01、BASF社製、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤
 a-2:IRGACURE OXE02、BASF社製、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤
 a-3:IRGACURE OXE03、BASF社製、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤
 CA-1:Omnirad907、IGM Resins社製、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤
 CA-2:Omnirad379、IGM Resins社製、α-アミノアルキルフェノン系光重合開始剤
<Photoinitiator>
a-1: IRGACURE OXE01, manufactured by BASF, oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator a-2: IRGACURE OXE02, manufactured by BASF, oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator a-3: IRGACURE OXE03, manufactured by BASF, oxime ester-based Photopolymerization initiator CA-1: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins, α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator CA-2: Omnirad 379, manufactured by IGM Resins, α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiator
<評価>
<<アウトガス抑制性>>
 シリコンウエハ上に、各感光性組成物をスピンコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃、120秒間の加熱(プリベーク)を行い、膜厚が1.0μmの塗膜を得た。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000iS+(キヤノン(株)製)を使用して、0.8μmの市松模様のパターンが刻まれているマスクを介して、400mJ/cmの露光量で露光した。次いで、真空クリーンオーブンで100℃雰囲気下1時間アウトガスを捕集し、ガスクロマトグラフィ質量分析計(GC・MS)から得られたピークからアウトガス量を算出した。
-評価基準-
  A:アウトガス量が0.01ppm未満
  B:アウトガス量が0.01ppm以上0.05ppm未満
  C:アウトガス量が0.05ppm以上0.10ppm未満
  D:アウトガス量が0.10ppm以上1ppm未満
  E:アウトガス量が1ppm以上
<Evaluation>
<< Outgas suppression performance >>
Each photosensitive composition was applied onto a silicon wafer using a spin coater, and then heated (pre-baked) at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 μm. rice field.
Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000iS+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at an exposure dose of 400 mJ/cm 2 through a mask engraved with a checkered pattern of 0.8 μm. . Next, outgassing was collected for 1 hour in a vacuum clean oven at 100° C., and the amount of outgassing was calculated from the peak obtained from a gas chromatography mass spectrometer (GC/MS).
-Evaluation criteria-
A: outgas amount is less than 0.01 ppm B: outgas amount is 0.01 ppm or more and less than 0.05 ppm C: outgas amount is 0.05 ppm or more and less than 0.10 ppm D: outgas amount is 0.10 ppm or more and less than 1 ppm E: outgas amount is 1 ppm or more
<<感度>>
 シリコンウエハ上に、各感光性組成物をスピンコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃、120秒間の加熱(プリベーク)を行い、膜厚が1.0μmの塗膜を得た。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000iS+(キヤノン(株)製)を使用して、0.8μmの市松模様のパターンが刻まれているマスクを介して、50~1000mJ/cmの範囲の露光量を、10mJ/cmの刻みで変化させて照射した(露光工程)。次いで、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)0.3%水溶液を用いて、23℃にて60秒間パドル現像を行い、その後、純水を用いて20秒スピンシャワーにて、リンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗を行った。その後、パターン表面に付着した水滴をエアーで除去し、パターンを自然乾燥させて、パターンを得た。
 感度の評価は、上記の露光工程において光が照射された領域の現像後の膜厚が、露光前の膜厚100%に対して95%以上であった時の最少の露光量(最適露光量)を測定し、これを感度として評価した。上述の最少の露光量(最適露光量)の値が小さいほど感度が高いことを示す。
-評価基準-
  A:50mJ/cm未満
  B:50mJ/cm以上100mJ/cm未満
  C:100mJ/cm以上200mJ/cm未満
  D:200mJ/cm以上300mJ/cm未満
  E:300mJ/cm以上
<<Sensitivity>>
Each photosensitive composition was applied onto a silicon wafer using a spin coater, and then heated (pre-baked) at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 μm. rice field.
Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000iS+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure in the range of 50 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask engraved with a checkered pattern of 0.8 μm. The dose was changed in steps of 10 mJ/cm 2 (exposure step). Next, using a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), puddle development is performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds, followed by rinsing with pure water by spin shower for 20 seconds, followed by further purification. It was washed with water. After that, water droplets adhering to the pattern surface were removed with air, and the pattern was naturally dried to obtain a pattern.
Evaluation of sensitivity is based on the minimum exposure amount (optimal exposure amount ) was measured and evaluated as sensitivity. A smaller value of the above minimum exposure amount (optimal exposure amount) indicates a higher sensitivity.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Less than 50 mJ/cm 2 B: 50 mJ/cm 2 or more and less than 100 mJ/cm 2 C: 100 mJ/cm 2 or more and less than 200 mJ/cm 2 D: 200 mJ/cm 2 or more and less than 300 mJ/cm 2 E: 300 mJ/cm 2 or more
<<密着性>>
 シリコンウエハ上に、各感光性組成物をスピンコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃、120秒間の加熱(プリベーク)を行い、膜厚が1.0μmの塗膜を得た。
 次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000iS+(キヤノン(株)製)を使用して、0.8μmの市松模様のパターンが刻まれているマスクを介して、400mJ/cmの露光量で露光した。次いで、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)0.3%水溶液を用いて、23℃にて60秒間パドル現像を行い、その後、純水を用いて20秒スピンシャワーにて、リンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗を行った。その後、パターン表面に付着した水滴をエアーで除去し、パターンを自然乾燥させて、パターンを得た。
 パターンが形成されたシリコンウエハをSEM(Scanning Electron Microscope、倍率:20,000倍)にて観察し、SEM写真から100マス中のパターン欠損しているマスの比率を観察して、密着性を評価した。評価基準は以下の通りである。
-評価基準-
  A:パターン欠損している比率が0%
  B:パターン欠損している比率が0%を超え10%未満
  C:パターン欠損している比率が10%以上20%未満
  D:パターン欠損している比率が20%以上50%未満
  E:パターン欠損している比率が50%以上
<<Adhesion>>
Each photosensitive composition was applied onto a silicon wafer using a spin coater, and then heated (pre-baked) at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 1.0 μm. rice field.
Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000iS+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at an exposure dose of 400 mJ/cm 2 through a mask engraved with a checkered pattern of 0.8 μm. . Next, using a 0.3% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), puddle development is performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds, followed by rinsing with pure water by spin shower for 20 seconds, followed by further purification. It was washed with water. After that, water droplets adhering to the pattern surface were removed with air, and the pattern was naturally dried to obtain a pattern.
The silicon wafer on which the pattern is formed is observed by SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope, magnification: 20,000 times), and the ratio of squares with pattern defect among 100 squares is observed from the SEM photograph to evaluate adhesion. bottom. Evaluation criteria are as follows.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The ratio of pattern defects is 0%
B: The rate of pattern defects is greater than 0% and less than 10% C: The rate of pattern defects is 10% or more and less than 20% D: The rate of pattern defects is 20% or more and less than 50% E: Pattern defects more than 50%
<<アンダーカット>>
 上記密着性の評価と同様の手順でパターンを形成した。得られたパターンの断面形状をSEM(Scanning Electron Microscope、倍率:20,000倍)にて観察し、SEM写真から5個のパターンを抽出し、5個のパターンの断面の平均傾きを求めて以下の基準でパターン断面形状1を評価した。なお、パターンの断面の傾きは、パターンを形成した部分におけるシリコンウエハ上のパターンの厚み方向における傾きのことである。具体的には、シリコンウエハの表面とパターンの厚み方向の辺とで構成される部分の角度を測定した。パターンの傾きがシリコンウエハの表面に対して90度を超える場合とは、パターンは、シリコンウエハ側からパターンの表面側に向かって面積が大きくなる、すなわちパターン底面にエッジが入っており好ましくないことを意味する。
-評価基準-
  A:角度が80度を超え90度以下
  B:角度が90度を超え100度以下
  C:角度が100度を超え110度以下
  D:角度が110度を超え150度以下
  E:角度が150度を超える
<<Undercut>>
A pattern was formed in the same procedure as the evaluation of adhesion. The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed by SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope, magnification: 20,000 times), 5 patterns were extracted from the SEM photograph, and the average inclination of the cross-section of the 5 patterns was obtained. The pattern cross-sectional shape 1 was evaluated on the basis of. The inclination of the cross section of the pattern is the inclination in the thickness direction of the pattern on the silicon wafer at the portion where the pattern is formed. Specifically, the angle of the portion formed by the surface of the silicon wafer and the side of the pattern in the thickness direction was measured. When the inclination of the pattern exceeds 90 degrees with respect to the surface of the silicon wafer, the area of the pattern increases from the silicon wafer side toward the surface side of the pattern, that is, the bottom surface of the pattern has an edge, which is not preferable. means
-Evaluation criteria-
A: More than 80 degrees and 90 degrees or less B: More than 90 degrees and 100 degrees or less C: More than 100 degrees and 110 degrees or less D: More than 110 degrees and 150 degrees or less E: 150 degrees exceed
<<溶解性>>
 低温条件下における式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の保存安定性の指標として、溶解性を以下の方法で評価した。
 上記で得られた各硬化性組成物100gをポリ容器に入れて密封し、0℃で3ヶ月間保存した後、室温(25℃)に戻して析出物の重さを確認した。保存後の硬化性組成物をろ紙(ADVANTEC No.4A、アドバンテック東洋(株)製)を使用してろ過し、ろ過した後のろ紙に残った析出物の重さを秤量した。
-評価基準-
  A:析出物が全く確認されなかった(析出物が0gであった)。
  B:析出物が0gを超え0.1g未満だった。
  C:析出物が0.1g以上0.5g未満だった。
  D:析出物が0.5g以上1.0g未満だった。
  E:析出物が1.0g以上だった。
<<Solubility>>
As an index of storage stability of the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 under low temperature conditions, solubility was evaluated by the following method.
100 g of each curable composition obtained above was placed in a sealed plastic container, stored at 0° C. for 3 months, returned to room temperature (25° C.), and the weight of the precipitate was confirmed. The curable composition after storage was filtered using filter paper (ADVANTEC No. 4A, manufactured by Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd.), and the weight of precipitates remaining on the filtered filter paper was weighed.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: No precipitate was observed (the amount of precipitate was 0 g).
B: Precipitates were more than 0 g and less than 0.1 g.
C: Precipitates were 0.1 g or more and less than 0.5 g.
D: Precipitates were 0.5 g or more and less than 1.0 g.
E: Precipitate was 1.0 g or more.
 評価結果を、表6~表9にまとめて示す。 The evaluation results are summarized in Tables 6 to 9.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 上記表6~表9に示すように、実施例の硬化性組成物は、比較例の硬化性組成物よりも、得られる硬化物から発生するアウトガスが少ないものであった。
 また、上記表6~表9に示すように、実施例の硬化性組成物は、感度、密着性、アンダーカット抑制性、及び、溶解性にも優れる。
As shown in Tables 6 to 9 above, the curable compositions of Examples generated less outgassing from the cured products obtained than the curable compositions of Comparative Examples.
In addition, as shown in Tables 6 to 9 above, the curable compositions of Examples are also excellent in sensitivity, adhesion, undercut suppression, and solubility.
 各実施例の硬化性組成物は、i線の代わりにKrF線を照射しても同様の効果が得られる。KrF線照射の条件としては、例えば、露光光:KrF線(波長248nm)、露光量:10mJ/cm~500mJ/cm、最大瞬間照度:250,000,000W/m(平均照度:30,000W/m)、パルス幅:30ナノ秒、周波数:4kHzとすることができる。
 
The curable composition of each example can obtain the same effect even if it is irradiated with KrF rays instead of i rays. Conditions for KrF ray irradiation include, for example, exposure light: KrF ray (wavelength: 248 nm), exposure amount: 10 mJ/cm 2 to 500 mJ/cm 2 , maximum instantaneous illuminance: 250,000,000 W/m 2 (average illuminance: 30 ,000 W/m 2 ), pulse width: 30 ns, frequency: 4 kHz.

Claims (17)

  1.  下記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤、及び、
     ラジカル重合性化合物を含む
     硬化性組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式1中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR11又は-NR1213を表し、Yは2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    A radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 1, and
    A curable composition containing a radically polymerizable compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In Formula 1, Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13 , Y 1 represents a divalent linking group, and R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. and R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  2.  前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式2で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である請求項1に記載の硬化性組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式2中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR24又は-NR2526を表し、Yは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R21~R26はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R25とR26とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表す。
    2. The curable composition according to claim 1, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 2 below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In Formula 2, Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 2 represents —OR 24 or —NR 25 R 26 , Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1-3.
  3.  前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式3A又は式3Bで表されるラジカル重合開始剤である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式3A又は式3B中、Xは-OR34又は-NR3536を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R31はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R32~R36はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R35とR36とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、R39はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す。
    3. The curable composition according to claim 1, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In Formula 3A or Formula 3B, X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36 , Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-, R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, R 39 each independently represents a substituent, and m represents an integer of 0-2.
  4.  前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式4で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     式4中、Xは-OR44又は-NR4546を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R41はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R42~R46はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R45とR46とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-CR4748-、-O-、-S-又は-NR49-を表し、R47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、pは0又は1を表し、qは0~2の整数を表し、Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基又は-C(=O)Zを表し、Zは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
    4. The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 4 below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In Formula 4, X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46 , Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—, R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, L 1 and L 2 each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —, and each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group , p represents 0 or 1, q represents an integer of 0 to 2, Z 1 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group or -C (= O) Z 2 , and Z 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  5.  着色剤を更に含む請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a colorant.
  6.  オキシム化合物を更に含む請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising an oxime compound.
  7.  アセトニトリル溶液中25℃での波長248nmの光に対する、前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤のモル吸光係数が、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以上である、請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物。 Claims 1 to 1, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 has a molar extinction coefficient of 1,000 L·mol −1 cm −1 or more for light with a wavelength of 248 nm at 25° C. in an acetonitrile solution. 7. The curable composition according to any one of items 6.
  8.  請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmの光を照射する工程を含む硬化物の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured product, which comprises the step of irradiating the curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7 with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  9.  請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜。 A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  10.  請求項9に記載の膜を有する光学素子。 An optical element having the film according to claim 9.
  11.  請求項9に記載の膜を有するイメージセンサ。 An image sensor having the film according to claim 9.
  12.  請求項9に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device having the film according to claim 9.
  13.  請求項9に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the film according to claim 9.
  14.  下記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     式1中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR11又は-NR1213を表し、Yは2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表し、R11~R13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    A radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In Formula 1, Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 1 represents -OR 11 or -NR 12 R 13 , Y 1 represents a divalent linking group, and R a is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. and R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  15.  前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式2で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である請求項14に記載のラジカル重合開始剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     式2中、Arは芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、Xは-OR24又は-NR2526を表し、Yは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R21~R26はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、R25とR26とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表す。
    15. The radical polymerization initiator according to claim 14, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 2 below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In Formula 2, Ar 2 represents an aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring, X 2 represents —OR 24 or —NR 25 R 26 , Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 21 to R 26 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 25 and R 26 may combine to form a ring, and n represents an integer of 1-3.
  16.  前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式3A又は式3Bで表されるラジカル重合開始剤である請求項14又は請求項15に記載のラジカル重合開始剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

     式3A又は式3B中、Xは-OR34又は-NR3536を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R31はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R32~R36はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R35とR36とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、R39はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表し、mは0~2の整数を表す。
    16. The radical polymerization initiator according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 3A or Formula 3B below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    In Formula 3A or Formula 3B, X 3 represents -OR 34 or -NR 35 R 36 , Y 3 represents a single bond, -O- or -S-, R 31 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 32 to R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 35 and R 36 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, R 39 each independently represents a substituent, and m represents an integer of 0-2.
  17.  前記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式4で表されるラジカル重合開始剤である請求項14~請求項16のいずれか1項に記載のラジカル重合開始剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

     式4中、Xは-OR44又は-NR4546を表し、Yは単結合、-O-又は-S-を表し、R41はアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R42~R46はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、R45とR46とは連結して環を形成してもよく、nは1~3の整数を表し、L1及びL2はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、-CR4748-、-O-、-S-又は-NR49-を表し、R47~R49はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、pは0又は1を表し、qは0~2の整数を表し、Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基又は-C(=O)Zを表し、Zは、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
     
    The radical polymerization initiator according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 1 is a radical polymerization initiator represented by Formula 4 below.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    In Formula 4, X 4 represents —OR 44 or —NR 45 R 46 , Y 4 represents a single bond, —O— or —S—, R 41 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 42 to R 46 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, R 45 and R 46 may be linked to form a ring, n represents an integer of 1 to 3, L1 and L2 each each independently represents a single bond, —CR 47 R 48 —, —O—, —S— or —NR 49 —; each of R 47 to R 49 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; represents 0 or 1, q represents an integer of 0 to 2, Z 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or -C(=O)Z 2. and Z 2 represents an aryl or heteroaryl group.
PCT/JP2022/030858 2021-08-26 2022-08-15 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state image sensor, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator WO2023026884A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280040973.0A CN117545783A (en) 2021-08-26 2022-08-15 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
KR1020237041597A KR20240005842A (en) 2021-08-26 2022-08-15 Curable composition, method for producing a cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021137794 2021-08-26
JP2021-137794 2021-08-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023026884A1 true WO2023026884A1 (en) 2023-03-02

Family

ID=85322766

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/030858 WO2023026884A1 (en) 2021-08-26 2022-08-15 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state image sensor, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20240005842A (en)
CN (1) CN117545783A (en)
TW (1) TW202309170A (en)
WO (1) WO2023026884A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5499185A (en) * 1977-12-22 1979-08-04 Ciba Geigy Ag Photopolymerization initiator and photopolymerizable composition
US6287749B1 (en) * 1997-05-05 2001-09-11 First Chemical Corporation Biradical photoinitiators and photopolymerizable compositions
JP2010189588A (en) * 2009-02-20 2010-09-02 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photopolymerization initiator, polymerizable composition and method for producing polymer
CN101941920A (en) * 2010-07-21 2011-01-12 深圳市有为化学技术有限公司 Aromatic ketone oxime photoinitiator compound
JP2012031388A (en) * 2010-05-19 2012-02-16 Fujifilm Corp Printing method, method for preparing overprint, method for processing laminate, light-emitting diode curable coating composition, and light-emitting diode curable ink composition
WO2020136522A1 (en) * 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 Igm Resins Italia S.R.L. Photoinitiators

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4811004B2 (en) 2005-12-09 2011-11-09 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Polymerizable composition, negative resist using the same, and image pattern forming method using the same
JP2020169251A (en) 2019-04-02 2020-10-15 Dicグラフィックス株式会社 Active energy ray-curable ink, method of producing ink-cured product, and printed matter

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5499185A (en) * 1977-12-22 1979-08-04 Ciba Geigy Ag Photopolymerization initiator and photopolymerizable composition
US6287749B1 (en) * 1997-05-05 2001-09-11 First Chemical Corporation Biradical photoinitiators and photopolymerizable compositions
JP2010189588A (en) * 2009-02-20 2010-09-02 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photopolymerization initiator, polymerizable composition and method for producing polymer
JP2012031388A (en) * 2010-05-19 2012-02-16 Fujifilm Corp Printing method, method for preparing overprint, method for processing laminate, light-emitting diode curable coating composition, and light-emitting diode curable ink composition
CN101941920A (en) * 2010-07-21 2011-01-12 深圳市有为化学技术有限公司 Aromatic ketone oxime photoinitiator compound
WO2020136522A1 (en) * 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 Igm Resins Italia S.R.L. Photoinitiators

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20240005842A (en) 2024-01-12
CN117545783A (en) 2024-02-09
TW202309170A (en) 2023-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115210612A (en) Colored resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022202204A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
JPWO2020013089A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168741A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168743A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021166858A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
KR20210132138A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, structure, color filter and display device
WO2023026884A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state image sensor, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2023085056A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, optical device, image sensor, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JP7376609B2 (en) Colored compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices
JP7389900B2 (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7290731B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2023085072A1 (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7371121B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP7285932B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2023182018A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023037828A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023120431A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical element, image sensor, solid state imaging element, image display apparatus, and pigment for color filter
WO2023162790A1 (en) Colored composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2023157740A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023149273A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023008352A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and dye multimer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22861173

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023543815

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237041597

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020237041597

Country of ref document: KR